Upload
others
View
19
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
warwick.ac.uk/lib-publications
A Thesis Submitted for the Degree of PhD at the University of Warwick
Permanent WRAP URL:
http://wrap.warwick.ac.uk/89698
Copyright and reuse:
This thesis is made available online and is protected by original copyright.
Please scroll down to view the document itself.
Please refer to the repository record for this item for information to help you to cite it.
Our policy information is available from the repository home page.
For more information, please contact the WRAP Team at: [email protected]
Management of Rotator Cuff Pathology
Shanmugam Karthikeyan MBBS, MRCS
Doctor of Philosophy in Medicine
Warwick Medical School, University of Warwick
February 2016
1
Table of Contents
List of tables .......................................................................................................................... 5
List of figures ........................................................................................................................ 8
Acknowledgements ......................................................................................................... 12
Declaration ........................................................................................................................ 13
Abbreviations .................................................................................................................... 14
Abstract ............................................................................................................................... 16
Research training ............................................................................................................ 17
Research Outputs............................................................................................................. 18
Preface ................................................................................................................................. 20
Chapter 1 Introduction and Anatomy ................................................................. 21
1.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................22
1.2 Shoulder (Glenohumeral) joint ..............................................................................22
1.3 Acromioclavicular joint ............................................................................................25
1.4 Rotator cuff ....................................................................................................................25
1.4.1 Musculature ........................................................................................................................... 26
1.4.2 Function .................................................................................................................................. 28
1.4.3 Vascularity.............................................................................................................................. 29
1.5 Tendon structure.........................................................................................................31
1.5.1 General tendon structure ................................................................................................. 31
1.5.2 Tendon blood supply ......................................................................................................... 33
1.5.3 Supraspinatus tendon ....................................................................................................... 35
1.6 Conclusion ......................................................................................................................38
Chapter 2 Pathology, diagnosis and treatment of rotator cuff disorders
39
2.1 Pathology ........................................................................................................................40
2.1.1 Definition ................................................................................................................................ 40
2.1.2 Aetiology ................................................................................................................................. 41
2.1.3 Extrinsic theory .................................................................................................................... 42
2.1.4 Intrinsic theory ..................................................................................................................... 48
2.1.5 Other factors .......................................................................................................................... 51
2
2.1.6 Conclusion .............................................................................................................................. 52
2.2 Diagnosis of rotator cuff pathology ......................................................................54
2.2.1 Clinical presentation .......................................................................................................... 54
2.2.2 Investigations ........................................................................................................................ 56
2.3 Treatment ......................................................................................................................59
2.3.1 Natural history ..................................................................................................................... 59
2.3.2 Non-operative treatment ................................................................................................. 61
2.3.3 Operative treatment ........................................................................................................... 63
2.4 Conclusion ......................................................................................................................67
2.5 Research Questions ....................................................................................................70
Chapter 3 A double-blind randomised controlled study comparing
subacromial injection of tenoxicam or methylprednisolone in patients with
subacromial impingement ........................................................................................... 72
3.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................73
3.1.1 Background ............................................................................................................................ 73
3.1.2 Methylprednisolone ........................................................................................................... 77
3.1.3 Tenoxicam .............................................................................................................................. 81
3.2 Study design for double blind randomised control trial ..............................85
3.2.1 Research question ............................................................................................................... 85
3.2.2 Ethics approval ..................................................................................................................... 85
3.2.3 Outcome assessment ......................................................................................................... 85
3.2.4 Sample size calculation. .................................................................................................... 87
3.2.5 Inclusion criteria.................................................................................................................. 88
3.2.6 Exclusion criteria ................................................................................................................. 89
3.2.7 Consent .................................................................................................................................... 90
3.2.8 Randomisation and preparation of medication. ..................................................... 90
3.2.9 Procedure. .............................................................................................................................. 91
3.2.10 Statistical analysis. .............................................................................................................. 92
3.3 Results .............................................................................................................................92
3.3.1 Recruitment. .......................................................................................................................... 92
3.3.2 Primary outcomes. .............................................................................................................. 94
3.3.3 Secondary outcomes. ......................................................................................................... 96
3.3.4 Subjective assessment. .................................................................................................... 100
3.4 Discussion ................................................................................................................... 100
3.5 Conclusion ................................................................................................................... 107
3
Chapter 4 Ultrasound dimensions of the rotator cuff in asymptomatic
young healthy adult shoulders ................................................................................. 109
4.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 110
4.1.1 Ultrasound ............................................................................................................................ 110
4.1.2 Ultrasonography ................................................................................................................ 111
4.1.3 Transducers ......................................................................................................................... 112
4.1.4 Ultrasonography in shoulder ....................................................................................... 113
4.2 Study design ............................................................................................................... 116
4.2.1 Aim .......................................................................................................................................... 116
4.2.2 Ethics approval ................................................................................................................... 117
4.2.3 Recruitment ......................................................................................................................... 117
4.2.4 Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria ................................................................................. 117
4.2.5 Consent .................................................................................................................................. 117
4.2.6 Methods ................................................................................................................................. 118
4.2.7 Statistical analysis ............................................................................................................. 124
4.3 Results .......................................................................................................................... 127
4.3.1 Rotator Cuff Measurements .......................................................................................... 128
4.3.2 Other measurements ....................................................................................................... 136
4.3.3 Correlation ........................................................................................................................... 139
4.4 Discussion ................................................................................................................... 146
4.5 Conclusion ................................................................................................................... 154
Chapter 5 Microvascular blood flow in normal and pathological rotator
cuff 155
5.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 156
5.1.1 Arterial supply .................................................................................................................... 157
5.1.2 Critical zone ......................................................................................................................... 159
5.1.3 In vitro studies .................................................................................................................... 160
5.1.4 In vivo studies ..................................................................................................................... 166
5.2 Study design ............................................................................................................... 177
5.2.1 Ethics approval ................................................................................................................... 177
5.2.2 Sponsorship and funding ............................................................................................... 177
5.2.3 Patient recruitment .......................................................................................................... 177
5.2.4 Outcome measures ........................................................................................................... 179
5.2.5 Data management ............................................................................................................. 179
5.2.6 Laser Doppler Flowmetry .............................................................................................. 180
4
5.2.7 Intervention ......................................................................................................................... 184
5.3 Statistical analysis .................................................................................................... 189
5.3.1 Null hypothesis ................................................................................................................... 189
5.4 Results .......................................................................................................................... 190
5.4.1 Variation in blood flow with age ................................................................................. 192
5.4.2 Variation in total blood flow between groups ....................................................... 193
5.4.3 Variation in blood flow between zones .................................................................... 194
5.4.4 Variation in blood flow between zones and across groups ............................. 194
5.5 Discussion ................................................................................................................... 196
5.6 Conclusion ................................................................................................................... 201
Chapter 6 Conclusions ............................................................................................ 202
6.1 Summary of new findings ...................................................................................... 202
6.2 Implications and future directions .................................................................... 205
Appendices ....................................................................................................................... 210
References ........................................................................................................................ 231
5
List of tables
Table 1-1: Origin, Insertion and Function of the rotator cuff muscles ........................................ 27
Table 1-2: Histological layers of the supraspinatus and infraspinatus tendons as per Clark
et al. (source: Clark and Harryman12). ..................................................................................................... 36
Table 3-1: Adverse effects of glucocorticoids ....................................................................................... 80
Table 3-2: Study patient baseline characteristics for the Steroid and NSAID groups. ........... 94
Table 3-3: Median (interquartile range) of Constant Shoulder score at baseline and six
weeks. Patients in the steroid group had significantly higher scores (Mann-Whitney, p =
0.003) than the non-steroidal anti-inflammatory group at six weeks. ....................................... 95
Table 3-4: Median and inter-quartile ranges for changes in DASH and OSS compared to
baseline at 2, 4 and 6 weeks after injection for the steroid and the NSAID groups. * denotes
a statistically significant difference .......................................................................................................... 98
Table 4-1: Study participant characteristics by gender ................................................................. 128
Table 4-2: Descriptive statistics for the average (mean ± sd) measurements for both male
and female participants in the study. The range for each measurement is shown in
parentheses. All measurements are in millimetres. FP-Footprint; SASD-Subacromial
subdeltoid ....................................................................................................................................................... 129
Table 4-3: t-test results for the differences in subscapularis tendon thickness
measurements. Differences are reported as the mean of the first variable minus the mean
of the second variable for non-paired tests and mean of the differences for paired tests.
*denotes significance .................................................................................................................................. 131
Table 4-4: t-test results for the differences in measurements of supraspinatus tendon
thickness at medial edge of the footprint. Differences are reported as the mean of the first
variable minus the mean of the second variable for non-paired tests and mean of the
differences for paired tests. *denotes significance .......................................................................... 132
Table 4-5: t-test results for the differences in supraspinatus tendon measurements at the
middle of the footprint. Differences are reported as the mean of the first variable minus
the mean of the second variable for non-paired tests and mean of the differences for
paired tests. *denotes significance ........................................................................................................ 133
6
Table 4-6: t-test results for the differences in supraspinatus thickness measurements on
sagittal view. Differences are reported as the mean of the first variable minus the mean of
the second variable for non-paired tests and mean of the differences for paired tests.
*denotes significance .................................................................................................................................. 134
Table 4-7: t-test results for the differences in maximum footplate dimension
measurements. Differences are reported as the mean of the first variable minus the mean
of the second variable for non-paired tests and mean of the differences for paired tests.
*denotes significance .................................................................................................................................. 135
Table 4-8: t-test results for differences in infraspinatus measurements. Differences are
reported as the mean of the first variable minus the mean of the second variable for non-
paired tests and mean of the differences for paired tests. *denotes significance ................ 136
Table 4-9: t-test results for differences in biceps tendon measurements. Differences are
reported as the mean of the first variable minus the mean of the second variable for non-
paired tests and mean of the differences for paired tests. *denotes significance ................ 137
Table 4-10: t-test results for the differences in deltoid muscle measurements. Differences
are reported as the mean of the first variable minus the mean of the second variable for
non-paired tests and mean of the differences for paired tests. *denotes significance....... 138
Table 4-11: Strength of association for Pearson correlation coefficient ................................. 140
Table 4-12: Correlations of the rotator cuff measurements with height. * indicates a
significant correlation at the 5% level. ................................................................................................ 141
Table 4-13: Correlations of the rotator cuff measurements with weight. * indicates a
significant correlation at the 5% level. ................................................................................................ 142
Table 4-14: Correlation of supraspinatus footprint with deltoid and biceps thickness.
* indicates a significant correlation at the 5% level. ....................................................................... 143
Table 4-15: Tendon thickness in diabetic and control shoulders .............................................. 150
Table 5-1: List of studies on rotator cuff vascularity ...................................................................... 160
Table 5-2: Demographics of study population. Age is expressed in years as mean with
standard deviation (sd) and range. Sex distribution is expressed as a ratio ......................... 190
7
Table 5-3: Mean flux values (with 95% confidence intervals) for the four groups at each
region. ............................................................................................................................................................... 195
8
List of figures
Figure 1-1: Articulations of the shoulder joint (source:www.shoulderdoconline.co.uk) .... 23
Figure 1-2: Range of shoulder movements (Source: www.bestperformancegroup.com) .... 24
Figure 1-3: Rotator cuff muscles (source:www.thedoctorweighsin.com) .................................. 26
Figure 1-4: Rotator cuff insertion showing the subscapularis (SC), the osteotomized
coracoid process (C) with the attached coracohumeral ligament (chl), the
supraspinatus (SP), infraspinatus (IS) and teres minor (TM). (source: Clark and
Harryman12) ............................................................................................................................................ 26
Figure 1-5: Proximal humerus, showing the 3 facets of greater tuberosity (superior [S],
middle [M] and inferior [I]). (source: Defranco and Cole13) ................................................. 28
Figure 1-6: Insertion points of rotator cuff tendons14 (TM: Teres Minor, ISP: Infraspinatus,
SSP: Supraspinatus, SSC: Subscapularis, I: Inferior, M: Middle, S: Superior). (source:
Minagawa et al14) .................................................................................................................................. 28
Figure 1-7: Anteroposterior X-ray of right shoulder showing pattern of blood supply.
(source: Determe et al19) .................................................................................................................... 30
Figure 1-8: Blood supply of the rotator cuff, main arteries: 1. Axillary; 2. Subscapular; 3.
Suprascapular; 4. Posterior scapular; 5. Acromial branch of the thoracoacromial; 6.
Anterior and posterior circumflex humeral. (source: Determe et al19) ........................... 30
Figure 1-9: The hierarchical organisation of tendon (source: Killian et al29). ......................... 32
Figure 1-10: Diagram of the blood vessels of the calcaneal tendon showing supply from A-
the osteotendinous junction, B- the mesotenon and C-the musculotendinous junction.
(source: Carr and Norris35) ............................................................................................................... 34
Figure 1-11: Composite photomicrograph of a vertical, longitudinal section through the
supraspinatus tendon and joint capsule near the insertion of the tendon. Numbers 1-
5 represent the layers (source: Clark and Harryman12). ....................................................... 37
Figure 2-1: Bigliani classification of acromial morphology (source: Bigliani et al83) ............ 45
Figure 2-2: Extrinsic and intrinsic mechanisms of rotator cuff tendinopathy(from: Seitz et
al56) ............................................................................................................................................................. 53
Figure 2-3: From top to bottom – arthroscopic images of normal, articular sided partial
thickness tear and full thickness tear of the rotator cuff ....................................................... 60
Figure 3-1: Chemical structure of methylprednisolone .................................................................... 77
Figure 3-2: Molecular structure of tenoxicam ...................................................................................... 81
Figure 3-3: Flow diagram for a randomised control trial comparing a subacromial
injection of methylprednisolone to tenoxicam for treating patients with subacromial
impingement syndrome ..................................................................................................................... 93
Figure 3-4:Box plot showing median (bold line) and inter-quartile range (box) and
outliers (dashed lines and points) for improvement in the Constant Shoulder Score
(CSS) at 6 weeks for each group. ..................................................................................................... 96
9
Figure 3-5: Chart showing changes in the median Disability of Arm Shoulder and Hand
(DASH) score from baseline to six weeks for the steroid and non-steroidal anti-
inflammatory (NSAID) groups. Patients in the steroid group had significantly better
scores than the NSAID group at two, four and six weeks. Bars show the interquartile
ranges. ....................................................................................................................................................... 97
Figure 3-6: Chart showing changes in the median Oxford Shoulder Score (OSS) from
baseline to six weeks for the steroid and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory (NSAID)
groups. Patients in the steroid group had significantly better scores than the NSAID
group at two and four weeks. Bars show the interquartile ranges. ................................... 97
Figure 3-7: Changes in DASH score (Steroid – Tenoxicam) at 2, 4 and 6 weeks compared to
baseline after injection. Patients in the Steroid group show significantly higher
scores than the Tenoxicam group at all occasions. .................................................................. 99
Figure 3-8: Changes in OSS (Steroid – Tenoxicam) at 2, 4 and 6 weeks compared to
baseline after injection. Patients in the Steroid group show significantly higher
scores than the Tenoxicam group at 2 and 4 weeks. ............................................................... 99
Figure 4-1: Frequencies of sound waves and their applications ................................................ 110
Figure 4-2: Transverse view of a normal supraspinatus tendon on ultrasound showing the
different tissue layers (source: www.radiopaedia.org). ..................................................... 114
Figure 4-3: USG image showing an enlarged SASD bursa with normal supraspinatus tendon
................................................................................................................................................................... 115
Figure 4-4: USG images (transverse and sagittal) showing an articular sided partial
thickness tear of the supraspinatus tendon. ........................................................................... 115
Figure 4-5: USG images (transverse and sagittal) showing a full thickness tear of the
supraspinatus tendon ...................................................................................................................... 115
Figure 4-6: Biceps Transverse section .................................................................................................. 120
Figure 4-7: Thickness of subscapularis tendon................................................................................. 121
Figure 4-8: Maximum width of footplate (1) and thickness of supraspinatus at the medial
edge of footplate (2) and at the middle of footplate (3) ...................................................... 122
Figure 4-9: Thickness of supraspinatus tendon in the sagittal plane ....................................... 122
Figure 4-10: SASD Bursa ............................................................................................................................ 123
Figure 4-11: Infraspinatus ........................................................................................................................ 123
Figure 4-12: Deltoid ..................................................................................................................................... 124
Figure 4-13: Boxplots of measurements for thickness of subscapularis tendon. Bold line
represents the median; box represents the interquartile range(IQR) and the
whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR ........................................................................................ 130
Figure 4-14: Boxplots of measurements for supraspinatus tendon thickness at the medial
edge of the footprint on coronal view. Bold line represents the median; box
represents the interquartile range(IQR) and the whiskers represent 1.5 times the
IQR ........................................................................................................................................................... 131
10
Figure 4-15: Boxplots of the measurements of the supraspinatus tendon measurements at
the middle of the footprint. Bold line represents the median; box represents the
interquartile range(IQR) and the whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR ..................... 132
Figure 4-16: Boxplots of the measurements for supraspinatus thickness on sagittal view.
Bold line represents the median; box represents the interquartile range(IQR) and
the whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR ................................................................................ 134
Figure 4-17: Boxplots of measurements for the maximum footplate dimension of the
supraspinatus. Bold line represents the median; box represents the interquartile
range(IQR) and the whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR ................................................ 135
Figure 4-18: Boxplots of the infraspinatus measurement. Bold line represents the median;
box represents the interquartile range(IQR) and the whiskers represent 1.5 times
the IQR.................................................................................................................................................... 136
Figure 4-19: Boxplots of the biceps tendon measurement. Bold line represents the median;
box represents the interquartile range(IQR) and the whiskers represent 1.5 times
the IQR.................................................................................................................................................... 137
Figure 4-20: Boxplots of the deltoid muscle measurements. Bold line represents the
median; box represents the interquartile range(IQR) and the whiskers represent 1.5
times the IQR ....................................................................................................................................... 138
Figure 4-21: Bland-Altman plot for intra-observer agreement; the dashed lines show 95%
confidence intervals around the hypothesis of no difference between observations
................................................................................................................................................................... 144
Figure 4-22: Bland-Altman plot for inter-observer agreement; the dashed lines show 95%
confidence intervals around the hypothesis of no difference between observations
................................................................................................................................................................... 145
Figure 5-1: Diagram of rotator cuff insertion. Encircled areas indicate: 1) Critical zone and
2) Area of unknown vascular pattern (from: Moseley and Goldie24) ............................. 157
Figure 5-2: Arterial supply of the rotator cuff: Left-Anterior circumflex humeral artery.
Right-Posterior circumflex humeral artery (1), Suprascapular artery (2). (source:
Rothman and Parke22) ..................................................................................................................... 158
Figure 5-3: Hypovascular area in the supraspinatus tendon (circled) - supero lateral view
of the right shoulder (source: Rothman and Parke22). ........................................................ 161
Figure 5-4: The microvascular pattern of the supraspinatus tendon. The arrow points to
the zone of avascularity near the tendon insertion (source: Rathbun and Macnab23)
................................................................................................................................................................... 162
Figure 5-5: * denotes the area of hypovascularity in the supraspinatus tendon. Branches
from 1-anterior circumflex humeral artery. 2-subscapular artery. 3-posterior
circumflex humeral artery (source: Ling et al18). .................................................................. 163
Figure 5-6: A transverse section of the supraspinatus tendon with bursal side superior,
articular side inferior and the humeral head at right inferior. Arrows point to the
area of hypovascularity at the articular surface (source: Lohr and Uhthoff21). ......... 164
11
Figure 5-7: Vascularity of critical zone. 1 - Area of convergence, 2 – Supraspinatus muscle,
3 – infraspinatus muscle, 4 – subscapularis muscle (source: Determe et al19). .......... 165
Figure 5-8: The vascular pattern in the tendinous portion of the rotator cuff. The arrow
shows one of many zones where superficial and deep vessels anastomose. Inset:
Diagram for orientation(from: Moseley and Goldie24) ........................................................ 166
Figure 5-9: Immunohistochemical staining of microvessels. Specimen taken from a control
region (A) sows several microvessels (arrows) whereas no microvessels are seen in
the specimen taken from a region adjacent to the lesion (B)(source: Biberthaler et
al135) ........................................................................................................................................................ 168
Figure 5-10: ROIs used for analysis of blood flow. Bursal medial (BM), bursal lateral (BL),
articular medial (AM) and articular lateral (AL) ROIs are shown. Arrow points to the
plane of the anatomic neck (from: Adler et al358). ................................................................. 169
Figure 5-11: Ultrasound of an asymptomatic shoulder. B mode image (a); HH-Humeral
head, SSP-supraspinatus tendon. Contrast enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) image (b);
AT-articular side of tendon, BT-bursal side of tendon, LB-lateral side of bursa, MB-
medial side of bursa. Time intensity curves for each region of interest (ROI) of CEUS
(from: Funakoshi et al131). .............................................................................................................. 172
Figure 5-12: LDF monitor with memory chip probes. .................................................................... 181
Figure 5-13: A screen shot from the moorVMS PC software ......................................................... 182
Figure 5-14: VP3 Needle probe calibration kit .................................................................................. 183
Figure 5-15: UST-533 ultrasound probe .............................................................................................. 184
Figure 5-16: Intraoperative ultrasound of the rotator cuff .......................................................... 185
Figure 5-17: Blood flow measurement areas on the rotator cuff: 1-anterolateral, 2–
posterolateral, 3–anteromedial, 4–posteromedial and 5–musculotendinous. .......... 188
Figure 5-18: Histogram after logarithmic transformation of flux values ................................ 191
Figure 5-19: Boxplot of log transformed values for each group. 1-Impingement, 2-Partial
thickness tears, 3-Full thickness tears, 4-Normal cuff ......................................................... 191
Figure 5-20: Scatter plot of blood flow versus participant age for normal and non-normal
groups. A linear regression ignoring groups (- -) showed a significant negative
association between age and blood flow (p<0.001). However, adding an interaction
term to this model showed that the association was purely between groups
(p=0.003), as the regression coefficients within groups were zero (—). ...................... 192
Figure 5-21: Boxplots for each group and zone, with means (●); the vertical axis is plotted
on a log scale, as this was used for the analysis to improve normality assumptions.
Box represents the interquartile range (IQR), whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR
and o represent outliers beyond 1.5 times the IQR. ............................................................. 193
12
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank all the people who contributed in some way to the work
described in this thesis. First and foremost, I thank my academic advisors
Professor D Griffin, Professor C Hutchinson and Mr Christopher Smith for their
patience, knowledge and motivation. They were always available whenever I ran
into trouble or had a question about my research or writing. I greatly benefited
from their scientific insight and ability to put complex ideas into simple terms.
Every result described in this thesis was accomplished with the help and support
of collaborators and clinical experts at UHCW NHS Trust. I am indebted to
Consultant Orthopaedic Surgeons Mr S Drew, Mr T Lawrence, Mr C Modi and
Consultant Radiologist Dr S Rai for their invaluable help. Much of the
experimental work would not have been completed without their passionate
participation and input. I am grateful to Dr Nick Parsons and Dr Helen Parsons
for their help with statistics. I benefitted greatly from the cooperation and
experience of my fellow research students at Warwick Orthopaedics and my
thanks goes to them.
Finally, none of this would have been possible without the love and patience of
my family. I must express my very profound gratitude to my wife Rami and my
children Nithin and Manu for providing me with unfailing support and
continuous encouragement throughout my years of researching and writing this
thesis. This accomplishment would not have been possible without them. Thank
you.
13
Declaration
This thesis is submitted to the University of Warwick in support of my
application for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. It has been compiled solely by
me and has not been submitted in any previous application for any degree.
My academic supervisors for the PhD were:
1. Prof Damian Griffin – throughout the study period
2. Mr Christopher Smith – was a clinical lecturer at Warwick who
supervised the whole of the ultrasound study and the protocol and ethics
application for the microvascularity study before he moved to Exeter.
3. Prof Charles Hutchinson – replaced Christopher Smith and supervised the
conduct of the microvascularity study and thesis writing until submission.
The work presented (including data generated and data analysis) was carried
out by me except in the cases outlined below:
Chapter 3: The laser doppler probe placements during intraoperative blood flow
measurements were done by the operating surgeons Mr Drew and Mr Lawrence
and data was collected by candidate. Dr Nicholas Parsons advised on statistics.
Chapter 4: The ultrasonography protocol was written with the help of Dr Rai
(Consultant Musculoskeletal Radiologist). Shoulder assessment and
measurements were made by Dr Rai and Dr Wellings in the presence of the
candidate who collected the data. Statistical advice given by Dr Helen Parsons
Chapter 5: Dr Nicholas Parsons provided support on statistics and the
subacromial injection was administered by Mr Drew
14
Abbreviations
ACJ Acromio Clavicular Joint
ACL Anterior Cruciate Ligament
AHD Acromio Humeral Distance
ANOVA Analysis of Variance
AP Antero Posterior
ASAD Arthroscopic Subacromial Decompression
BCF Blood Cell Flux
BMI Body Mass Index
BSRCT Bursal-sided Rotator Cuff Tear
CEUS Contrast Enhanced Ultra Sonography
CI Confidence Interval
COX Cyclooxygenase
CSS Constant Shoulder Score
CT Computerised Tomography
DASH Disability of the Arm, Shoulder and Hand
GCP Good Clinical Practice
HDL High Density Lipoprotein
IL Interleukin
IQR Inter Quartile Range
ISP Infraspinatus
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LDF Lase Doppler Flowmetry
LDL Low Density Lipoprotein
15
MRA Magnetic Resonance Arthrography
MRI Magnetic Resonance Imaging
MTJ Musculo Tendinous Junction
NHS National Health Service
NSAID Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs
OSS Oxford Shoulder Score
OTJ Osseo Tendinous Junction
PC Personal Computer
PRP Platelet Rich Plasma
RCT Randomised Controlled trial
ROI Regions of Interest
SAD Subacromial Decompression
SASD Subacromial Sub Deltoid
SC Subscapularis
SLAP Superior Labrum Antero Posterior
SSP Supraspinatus
TM Teres Minor
UHCW University Hospitals Coventry and Warwickshire
UK United Kingdom
USB Universal Serial Bus
USG Ultrasonography
16
Abstract
The rotator cuff refers to a group of four muscles, which arise from the scapula
and insert into the head of humerus forming a cuff around the shoulder joint.
They contribute to shoulder movements and provide dynamic stability at the
shoulder joint. Pathology of the rotator cuff is the commonest cause for shoulder
pain and its severity can vary from subacromial impingement to full thickness
tears. NSAIDs and corticosteroids are two of the commonest group of drugs used
in treating subacromial impingement syndrome but with conflicting evidence
about their relative efficacy and risk of complications. I explored the efficacy of a
subacromial NSAID (Tenoxicam) injection in a double blind randomised
controlled trial but found it to be less effective compared to a subacromial
corticosteroid injection as measured by functional shoulder scores at six weeks.
During the trial, I recognised that there were unresolved challenges in using
Ultrasonography to diagnose rotator cuff pathology especially in differentiating
between partial and full thickness tears. In this thesis, I have presented the
normal ultrasound dimensions of the rotator cuff in asymptomatic young adults
under the age of forty years, which has not been documented before. The study
showed that the measurements are significantly different between men and
women but not between dominant and non-dominant arms, suggesting that in
every individual the contralateral shoulder can be used as a control, especially
where the diagnosis is uncertain. Exploration of factors associated with the
pathogenesis of rotator cuff tendinopathy showed that a critical zone of
hypoperfusion in the supraspinatus tendon could be a factor but the evidence for
it has been contradictory. An observational study presented in this thesis
describes the microvascular blood flow in normal and a spectrum of pathological
rotator cuffs (subacromial impingement, partial thickness tears and full
thickness tears) using Laser Doppler Flowmetry in patients undergoing
arthroscopic shoulder surgery. The study showed variations in microvascular
blood flow in normal rotator cuffs but no evidence of a “critical zone”. Blood flow
was found to be significantly lower in all groups of pathological rotator cuffs.
17
Research training
I have undertaken the following training during the period of my study
1. Postgraduate module on Understanding Research and Critical Appraisal
in Healthcare (UReCA) – University of Warwick
2. Postgraduate module on Epidemiology and Statistics – University of
Warwick
3. Good clinical practice (GCP) training – University of Warwick
4. University of Warwick Research Student Skills Programme
a. Practical research skills
b. Academic writing series
5. EndNote X4 - An Overview for Complete Beginners
6. IBM® SPSS® Statistics 22
I have attended the following conferences during my period of study
1. British Elbow and Shoulder Surgeons Annual meeting at Torquay, UK
2. British Elbow and Shoulder Surgeons Annual meeting at Leicester, UK
3. A Rotator Cuff Masterclass – Discussion and Debate, Liverpool, UK
18
Research Outputs
Parts of this thesis have already been published:
1. Karthikeyan S, Kwong HT, Upadhyay PK, Parsons N, Drew SJ, Griffin D: A
double blind randomised controlled study comparing subacromial
injection of tenoxicam or methylprednisolone in patients with
subacromial impingement. Published in J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2010
Jan;92(1):77-82. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1302/0301-620X.92B1.22137
2. Modi CS, Smith CD, Ho K, Karthikeyan S, Rai S, Boer R, Drew SJ: Accuracy
of high-resolution ultrasonography in the diagnosis of articular-sided
partial thickness rotator cuff tears.
Published in Shoulder and Elbow 2010 Oct;2(4):267-270
doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1758-5740.2010.00088.x
3. Karthikeyan S, Rai SB, Parsons H, Drew SD, Smith CD, Griffin DR:
Ultrasound dimensions of the rotator cuff in young healthy adults.
Published in J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014 Aug 23(8):1107-1112.
doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jse.2013.11.012
4. Karthikeyan S, Griffin DR, Parsons N, Lawrence TL, Modi CS, Drew SJ,
Smith CD: Microvascular blood flow in normal and pathological rotator
cuffs. Published in J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015 Dec;24(12):1954-60.
doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jse.2015.07.014
19
Publication related to his thesis
1 . Modi CS, Karthikeyan S, Marks A, Saithna A, Smith CD, Rai SB, Drew SJ:
Accuracy of Abduction-External Rotation MRA versus Standard MRA in
the diagnosis of Intra-Articular Shoulder Pathology.
Published in Orthopedics. 2013 Mar 1;36(3): e337-42.
doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.3928/01477447-20130222-23
As part of this thesis, I have presented the work at the following conferences
1. Microvascular blood flow in normal and pathological rotator cuff.
British Elbow and Shoulder Society 2013 Leicester 19th June 2013
2. The normal ultrasound dimensions of the rotator cuff in healthy young
adults. British Elbow and Shoulder Society 2012 Torquay 15th June 2012
20
Preface
As an orthopaedic trainee, I was interested to learn about evidence based
practice and was delighted when I got the opportunity to work with Prof Griffin
and Mr Drew at Warwick Medical School and the University Hospitals of
Coventry and Warwickshire NHS Trust. I initially registered for MSc (by
research) at Warwick Medical School and as part of it I conducted a double blind
randomised control trial to compare the efficacy of subacromial injection of a
Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory drug with a corticosteroid in the management
of subacromial impingement syndrome. During the course of the study I
developed an interest in exploring further issues related to the rotator cuff, as
well as factors associated with its pathology. I was encouraged to upgrade my
research degree from MSc to PhD and with the support of my supervisors I
successfully presented my ideas to an upgrade panel at the university and
registered for a PhD.
I conducted two further studies – one looking at the ultrasound dimensions of
the rotator cuff muscles and tendons in asymptomatic volunteers under the age
of forty and the other measuring the microvascular blood flow of the
supraspinatus tendon in normal and pathological rotator cuffs using a laser
Doppler probe intra-operatively. These studies are presented in the thesis in the
order they were conducted.
21
Chapter 1 Introduction and Anatomy
Summary:
In this chapter, I will talk about the socioeconomic burden of rotator cuff problems,
the anatomy of shoulder joint and the rotator cuff muscles including its vascularity.
I will also outline the structure of tendons, in particular the supraspinatus.
Declarations:
None
22
1.1 Introduction
Shoulder pain is the second most prevalent cause of musculoskeletal pain in the
community, behind only low back pain1 and can cause significant morbidity and
disability2. It has been estimated that the annual incidence of shoulder pain in
adults over the age of 45 years, is in excess of 1%3 and self-reported prevalence
lies between 16 and 26% in population studies4,5. Rotator cuff pathology is the
commonest cause for painful shoulder accounting for up to 70% of cases with
the supraspinatus tendon being the most commonly affected4,6,7. Rotator cuff
disorders can affect adult patients of all ages and activity levels6,8. Individuals
who subject their shoulders to repeat stresses as well as middle-aged and elderly
persons are more commonly affected can lead to prolonged periods off work and
much longer abstinence from sporting activities1. Neer has shown that the
critical area for wear is centred on the supraspinatus tendon9. Only 2% of rotator
cuff tears predominantly or exclusively involve the subscapularis tendon10.
1.2 Shoulder (Glenohumeral) joint
The glenohumeral joint, commonly called the shoulder joint is a synovial,
multiaxial spheroidal joint formed by the articulation between the shallow
glenoid fossa on the anterolateral surface of the scapula and the hemispherical
head of the humerus. It forms the connection between the shoulder girdle and
the upper limb (Figure 1-1).
23
Figure 1-1: Articulations of the shoulder joint (source: www.shoulderdoconline.co.uk)
In the human embryo, by about the eighth week of gestation, the musculature of
the upper limb is clearly defined and the shoulder joint takes the form of the
adult glenohumeral joint11. It is the most mobile joint in the body allowing
movements around three mutually perpendicular axes related to the plane of the
scapula (The scapular plane is anteriorly rotated about 30° in relation to the
coronal plane).
These are
1. Flexion and Extension on the sagittal plane
2. Abduction and Adduction on the coronal plane
3. Medial and Lateral rotation on the transverse plane.
These movements can occur in sequence or in combinations to produce an
infinite variety of additional movements (Figure 1-2). The ball and socket joint
with its shallow glenoid cavity and relative absence of bony constraint gives the
shoulder a much greater range of movement than the hip but makes it inherently
more unstable. Static and dynamic stability of the shoulder joint therefore
24
depends mostly on the surrounding muscular and soft tissue envelope, which
includes the glenoid labrum, the capsule, ligaments and the rotator cuff.
Figure 1-2: Range of shoulder movements (Source: www.bestperformancegroup.com)
The glenoid labrum is a fibro cartilaginous rim, which goes around and deepens
the glenoid fossa. A fibrous capsule lined by synovial membrane surrounds the
glenohumeral joint. Medially, the capsule is attached to the glenoid margin
outside the glenoid labrum. Laterally, it is attached to the anatomical neck of the
humerus near the articular margin. The capsule is very lax permitting a wide
range of movement at the glenohumeral joint. Three glenohumeral ligaments
(superior, middle and inferior), coracohumeral ligament and the transverse
humeral ligament support the glenohumeral joint. They are important stabilisers
in the anterior and inferior directions.
25
1.3 Acromioclavicular joint
The acromioclavicular joint is a synovial plane joint. It is formed between the
acromial (lateral) end of the clavicle and the medial acromial margin (Figure
1-1). Both surfaces are covered by fibrocartilage. The joint is surrounded by a
fibrous capsule, which has a synovial lining. Two ligaments – the
acromioclavicular ligament and the coracoclavicular ligament contribute to its
stability. The coracoacromial arch is made up of the anterior under surface of the
acromion and the coracoacromial ligament. It forms a smooth concave surface
for gliding of the rotator cuff tendons during shoulder movements.
1.4 Rotator cuff
The term “rotator cuff” refers to a group of four muscles and their tendons that
arise from the scapula and fuse to form a common insertion on the tuberosities
of the humerus forming a “cuff” at the shoulder joint12 (Figure 1-3, Figure 1-4).
These are the subscapularis (anteriorly), supraspinatus (superiorly),
infraspinatus and teres minor (posteriorly) as described in
Table 1-1. The tendon of the long head of biceps is closely related to the rotator
cuff. The rotator cuff inserts as a broad, continuous, multi-layered and
interwoven structure onto the humeral tuberosities12.
26
Figure 1-3: Rotator cuff muscles (source: www.thedoctorweighsin.com)
Figure 1-4: Rotator cuff insertion showing the subscapularis (SC), the osteotomized coracoid process (C) with the attached coracohumeral ligament (chl), the supraspinatus (SP), infraspinatus (IS) and teres minor (TM). (source: Clark and Harryman12)
1.4.1 Musculature
The subscapularis, a triangular multipennate muscle, arises from the
subscapularis fossa on the anterior surface of the scapula, and converges into a
broad tendon which inserts into the lesser tuberosity of the humerus (Figure
1-3). Superiorly, the supraspinatus arises from the supraspinous fossa of the
27
scapula and inserts into the superior facet and the anterior portion of the middle
facet of the greater tuberosity on the humeral head13,14(Figure 1-5). The
supraspinatus has a distinct anterior and posterior part15. The anterior portion is
thicker and more robust than the wider and thinner posterior portion15. The
infraspinatus muscle occupies the infraspinatus fossa below the spine of scapula
on its posterior surface, while the teres minor arises from the upper two-thirds
of the axillary border of the scapula. The infraspinatus tendon inserts into the
middle facet and the smaller teres minor tendon inserts into the inferior facet of
the greater tuberosity on the humeral head13,14 (Figure 1-6). The posterior fibres
of the supraspinatus interdigitate with the anterior fibres of the infraspinatus
and the two tendons cannot be easily distinguished close to their insertions in
the greater tuberosity13,15. The tendons splay and interdigitate with each other
leading to a wide and continuous insertion of the cuff on the tuberosities, which
improve its resistance to failure under load12.
MuscleOrigin in
scapula
Insertion in
HumerusFunction Nerve supply
Subscapularis Subscapularis
fossa
Lesser
tuberosity
Internal
rotation
Upper and lower
subscapular nerves (C5, 6)
Supraspinatus Supraspinous
fossa
Greater
tuberosity
Initiate
abduction Suprascapular nerve (C5, 6)
Infraspinatus Infraspinous
fossa
Greater
tuberosity
External
rotation Suprascapular nerve (C5, 6)
Teres Minor Lateral border Greater
tuberosity
External
rotation,
adduction
Axillary nerve
(C5, 6)
Table 1-1: Origin, Insertion and Function of the rotator cuff muscles
28
Figure 1-5: Proximal humerus, showing the 3 facets of greater tuberosity (superior [S], middle [M] and inferior [I]). (source: Defranco and Cole13)
Figure 1-6: Insertion points of rotator cuff tendons14 (TM: Teres Minor, ISP: Infraspinatus, SSP: Supraspinatus, SSC: Subscapularis, I: Inferior, M: Middle, S: Superior). (source: Minagawa et al14)
1.4.2 Function
The upper arm can assume an infinite number of positions at the shoulder joint,
which allows the hand and forearm to function effectively. To achieve that, the
shoulder joint complex does sacrifice some of its stability as compared to the hip
joint for the sake of extra mobility. The major function of the four rotator cuff
29
muscles is to work in tandem with each other to allow the arm to move relatively
freely in numerous positions and at the same time maintain dynamic stability at
the glenohumeral joint.
The rotator cuff maintains the humeral head centered on the glenoid and
opposes the superior translatory and shearing force of the deltoid by
compressing the humeral head in the glenoid concavity. It manages to keep the
humeral head constrained within a couple millimeters of the center of the
glenoid fossa throughout most of the arc of shoulder motion. The rotator cuff
muscles are also tightly adherent to the glenohumeral joint capsule near their
insertions onto the humeral tuberosities and reinforce it16.
In addition to working synergistically, all these muscles have individual
functions as well. The subscapularis is an internal rotator, the supraspinatus
works closely with deltoid to produce flexion and abduction, infraspinatus and
teres minor are external rotators at the shoulder.
1.4.3 Vascularity
The rotator cuff derives its blood supply from arteries originating from both the
muscular and osseous attachments of the cuff17,18. The principal blood supply to
the rotator cuff comes from branches of the anterior and posterior circumflex
humeral arteries (Figure 1-7, Figure 1-8). The anterior humeral circumflex
artery and its intraosseous terminal branch, the arcuate artery, along with
suprascapular artery supplies the anterior portion of the rotator cuff17-20. The
posterior humeral circumflex artery perfuses the posterior portion of the rotator
30
cuff17,19,20. Blood vessels from the acromial branch of the thoracoacromial trunk,
the subscapular and the suprahumeral arteries may also supply the rotator cuff
to varying degrees17,19,20.
Figure 1-7: Anteroposterior X-ray of right shoulder showing pattern of blood supply. (source: Determe et al19)
Figure 1-8: Blood supply of the rotator cuff, main arteries: 1. Axillary; 2. Subscapular; 3. Suprascapular; 4. Posterior scapular; 5. Acromial branch of the thoracoacromial; 6. Anterior and posterior circumflex humeral. (source: Determe et al19)
Although there is a broad agreement about the arterial supply of the rotator cuff,
several studies suggest that blood supply is not uniform within the
31
supraspinatus tendon. Conflicting evidence in the literature has led to a debate
principally focused on whether there is an area of relative hypovascularity in the
supraspinatus tendon18,19,21-27. This area, called the “critical zone” by Codman28 is
located 10-15mm proximal to the insertion of the supraspinatus tendon on to
the humeral tuberosity and can make it vulnerable for damage. The studies that
tend to support the presence of a critical zone are primarily older in-vitro
studies18,19,21-23 while recent in-vivo physiological studies failed to show a
hypovascular zone25-27.
1.5 Tendon structure
1.5.1 General tendon structure
Healthy tendon is a complex, highly organized material made up of collagen
fibrils embedded in a matrix of proteoglycans. The basic structure of a tendon
consists of bundles of collagen fibrils, organized in a hierarchical manner29
(Figure 1-9). Type I collagen molecules join together to form micro fibrils.
Adjacent micro fibrils interdigitate and form the next level structure termed a
fibril (50-200 nm in diameter). Fibrils then pack into larger structures to form
fibers (3-7 μm in diameter). Fibers combine to form fascicles (with diameters on
the order of micrometers) and finally, fascicles are bundled together to form the
tendon (diameter on the order of millimeters or centimeters) 29. This type of
hierarchical structure aligns fiber bundles with the long axis of the tendon and
affords the tendon’s tensile strength.
32
Figure 1-9: The hierarchical organisation of tendon (source: Killian et al29).
The extracellular matrix of tendons is composed of: collagen (65 to 80% dry
weight), elastin (1 to 2%) and ground substance. Type I collagen is the
predominant collagen type and provides the tendons with strength to withstand
high loads. Elastin provides flexibility and elastic properties while ground
substance consists of approximately 60 to 80% water, proteoglycans and
glycoproteins30. Tenoblasts and tenocytes make up 90 to 95% of the cellular
elements of tendons. They are arranged in parallel rows between the collagen
fibers. Tenoblasts are immature spindle-shaped tendon cells with high metabolic
activity as shown by their abundant cytoplasmic organelles. As they mature,
tenoblasts transform into tenocytes. Chondrocytes, synovial cells and endothelial
cells make up the remaining cellular elements of the tendon31.
The tendon is enveloped by an epitenon which is a thin, loose connective-tissue
sheath containing the vascular, lymphatic and nerve supply to the tendon. It
extends within the tendon between the tertiary bundles as the endotenon,
investing each tendon fiber. Superficially, the epitenon is surrounded by
paratenon, a loose areolar connective tissue consisting of type I and III collagen
fibrils, some elastic fibrils, and an inner lining of synovial cells. The space
33
between these two layers contains fluids rich in mucopolysaccharides that
provide lubrication, prevent friction and protect the tendon30. Tendons present
in areas subjected to increased mechanical stress, such as tendons of the hands
and feet have synovial tendon sheaths to provide efficient lubrication31.
Tendons consume 7.5 times lower oxygen compared with skeletal muscles32.
This low metabolic rate combined with a well-developed anaerobic energy
generation capacity reduces the risk of ischemia and necrosis when carrying
loads under tension for long periods. However, a low metabolic rate results in
slow healing after injury31. Tendons also have differences in their structure,
composition, cell phenotypes, and metabolism, based on the functional demands
placed on them in specific anatomic locations33,34. There is evidence of different
rates of collagen turnover, which is higher in stressed tendons such as the
supraspinatus but much lower in tendons that are not under high stress30.
1.5.2 Tendon blood supply
Tendons are metabolically active tissues and therefore needs a source of blood
supply. They receive their blood supply from two main sources31,35:
1. Intrinsic supply at the musculotendinous junction (MTJ) and
osteotendinous junction (OTJ).
2. Extrinsic supply via the paratenon or the synovial sheath, where present.
34
Figure 1-10: Diagram of the blood vessels of the calcaneal tendon showing supply from A-the osteotendinous junction, B- the mesotenon and C-the musculotendinous junction. (source: Carr and Norris35)
The relative contribution of blood supply from each source varies from tendon to
tendon. At the MTJ, perimyseal vessels originating from the muscle continue
between the fasciculi of the tendon, but they are unlikely to extend beyond the
proximal third of the tendon35 (Figure 1-10). At the OTJ, the blood supply is
sparse and restricted to the insertional part of the tendon, although
communication may exist between the periosteal vessels and vessels from the
extrinsic system at the OTJ35.
In tendons with a synovial sheath, blood vessels pass through the vincula
(mesotenon) and form a plexus on the surface of the sheath36. The superficial
part of the tendon is supplied from this plexus while some vessels penetrate the
epitenon and run in the endotenon septae to form a connection between the
peri-tendinous and intra-tendinous vascular network. In tendons without a
synovial sheath, the paratenon provides this extrinsic component by forming a
complex vascular network on its surface31.
35
Tendon vascularity can be compromised at junctional zones and at sites of
torsion, friction or compression31. Angiographic studies have shown a zone of
hypovascularity just proximal to tendon insertion in achilles35, supraspinatus18,21
and the flexor digitorum profundus tendons37, although laser Doppler flowmetry
studies have contradicted those findings25,38.
1.5.3 Supraspinatus tendon
The structure of supraspinatus tendon has important clinical relevance as they
go through a wide range of movement39. Asynchronous movements can occur
within the tendon structure, where parts of the tendon may become relatively
‘‘longer’’ and the opposite side fibres become ‘‘shorter’’. For example, when the
arm is fully abducted at the shoulder from an adducted position, the articular
surface fibres of the supraspinatus become ‘‘stretched’’ (longer) and the bursal-
surface fibres ‘‘compressed’’ (shorter). This may contribute to shear stress
within the tendon and predispose to pathology39.
Fallon et al described four structural subunits within the supraspinatus tendon:
tendon proper, attachment fibrocartilage, rotator cable and capsule40. The
tendon proper is made up of between six and nine structurally independent
parallel fascicles covered by endotenons and separated by proteoglycans12,40.
The proteoglycans in the tendon help to lubricate the fascicles as they moved
relative to each other thereby minimizing shear stress40,41. The tendon proper
inserts into the greater tuberosity through the attachment fibrocartilage.
Fibrocartilage is better able to resist compression42 and supraspinatus tendon is
unique in having an extended fibrocartilage. Most epiphyseal tendon
36
attachments to bone typically have 0.5-0.7mm of fibrocartilage43 but it is
extended to about 20 mm in supraspinatus tendon40.
The rotator cable consists of densely packed unidirectional collagen fibres
extending from the coracohumeral ligament anteriorly to the infraspinatus
posteriorly44. It runs perpendicular to the axis of the tendon proper, deep to the
tendon and superficial to the joint capsule40. The rotator cable is a substantial
structure and plays an important role in stress transfer at the tendon insertion44.
Clark et al have further described the tendinous insertions of supraspinatus and
infraspinatus as a five-layer structure12 (Table 1-2, Figure 1-11). Layer two
forms the main portion of the tendon. Layer four corresponds to the rotator
cable described by Burkhart44 and Fallon40, which functions like a load bearing
suspension bridge distributing load and stress shielding the distal tendon44.
Layer Thickness Composition
1 1 mm Superficial fibres of the coracohumeral ligament.
2 3 – 5mm Closely packed parallel tendon fibres grouped in large bundles.
Extend directly from muscle belly to humerus.
3 3 mm Tendinous structure with smaller fascicles and less uniform
orientation than in layer 2
4 Variable
Deep fibres of coracohumeral ligament along with loose connective
tissue containing thick bands of collagen that run perpendicular to
layer 2
5 1 – 2 mm Capsular layer made of a continuous sheet of interwoven collagen
fibrils
Table 1-2: Histological layers of the supraspinatus and infraspinatus tendons as per Clark et al. (source: Clark and Harryman12).
37
Figure 1-11: Composite photomicrograph of a vertical, longitudinal section through the supraspinatus tendon and joint capsule near the insertion of the tendon. Numbers 1-5 represent the layers (source: Clark and Harryman12).
38
1.6 Conclusion
In summary, the supraspinatus is a specialized tendon capable of internal
compensation through structurally independent fascicles, which can slide past
one another. The tendon attachment is adapted to resist compression and
disperse tensional load.
In the following chapter I will discuss the pathology of rotator cuff disorders and
provide an overview on the modalities available to diagnose and treat these
disorders.
39
Chapter 2 Pathology, diagnosis and treatment of rotator cuff
disorders
Summary:
In this chapter, I will discuss the different theories proposed for rotator cuff
pathology and outline the current methods of diagnosis, with particular emphasis
on ultrasound and the current range of treatment options. From this, the basis for
this thesis with respect to my study of the shoulder will be demonstrated.
Declarations:
None
40
2.1 Pathology
Rotator cuff tendons, supraspinatus in particular can be affected by pathology
such as tendinopathy, bursitis, and impingement syndrome to tears of one or
more tendons. Cadaveric studies have shown an incidence of cuff tear ranging
from 5% to 30%46, while bursitis, impingement syndrome, and rotator cuff
tendinopathy occur in approximately 2% to 18% of the adult population47.
Prevalence of rotator cuff tears increases with age. Tempelhof et al conducted a
prospective clinical and radiological evaluation of asymptomatic shoulders in
volunteers from different age groups and found evidence of a rotator cuff tear in
23% of them48. There was a wide variation among the different age groups – the
prevalence was only 13% in those aged between 50-59 years going up to 51% in
those aged 80 years and above48.
2.1.1 Definition
Several terms are used in the literature to describe tendon disorders, often
interchangeably leading to confusion49. The common terms are tendinitis
(implying inflammation), tendinosis (a degenerative tendon condition without
accompanying inflammation) and tendinopathy (no implication for pathology)50.
A uniform terminology to describe tendon disorders is desirable to perform
proper research, assessment and treatment51.
In the past, the term tendinitis was used to describe any pain arising from an
abnormal tendon, thus implying inflammation as the central pathological
process. However, various treatment modalities aimed at reducing inflammation
around the tendon have reported limited success52 and histological studies of
41
surgical specimens consistently show the presence of degenerative lesions, with
either absent or minimal inflammation53,54. Therefore, the definition of
'tendinitis' has been largely abandoned and the terms 'tendinosis' or, more
generically, 'tendinopathy' are now currently preferred30,49.
Tendinopathy is a generic term without aetiological, biochemical or histological
implications and is used to describe pathology in, and pain arising from, a
tendon39. Therefore, in the clinical setting it may be appropriate to use the term
tendinopathy as it makes no assumption as to the underlying pathologic
process50. Rotator cuff tendinopathy can lead to progressive failure of the rotator
cuff, typically progressing from partial to a full thickness tear of the
supraspinatus tendon then extending into the infraspinatus tendon or the
subscapularis tendon, or both55. The terms tendinopathy, partial thickness tear
and full thickness tear are therefore used to describe the full spectrum of rotator
cuff disorders.
2.1.2 Aetiology
The underlying causes for rotator cuff pathology are poorly understood. The
mechanisms responsible for rotator cuff pathology are classically described as
extrinsic, intrinsic or a combination of both56. Extrinsic factors are defined as
those causing compression of the rotator cuff tendons, while intrinsic
mechanisms are those associated with degeneration of the tendon. It is still a
matter of debate as to whether an intrinsic degenerative change in the tendons
or extrinsic mechanical compression is responsible for rotator cuff tears39,50,57.
42
As early as 1931, Codman first described degenerative changes of the tendons
that can cause rotator cuff tears58. Biopsies of ruptured tendons suggest that full-
thickness tears typically result from a chronic degenerative process rather than
acute injury59,60. In 1949, Armstrong on the other hand suggested that
compression of the bursa and rotator cuff tendons under the acromion causes
the supraspinatus syndrome61. Subsequently, Neer stated that 95% of rotator
cuff tears were caused by mechanical impingement secondary to attrition of the
cuff with the under surface of the acromion and the coracoacromial ligament9
and reported successful treatment by anterior acromioplasty55.
Various studies have proposed that the aetiology of rotator cuff pathology is
multifactorial and attributed pathologic processes both intrinsic and extrinsic to
the cuff tendons as the underlying cause62-67. Differentiating between intrinsic
and extrinsic causes is difficult because very little data exist describing early
tendinopathy. Most histologic studies are based on specimens taken at the time
of surgery, typically from tendons in the end stages of disease. Recently genetic
factors have also been implicated in the pathogenesis of rotator cuff tears20,50.
However, the precise aetiology is not known.
2.1.3 Extrinsic theory
Extrinsic factors are those that encroach and narrow the subacromial space
causing compression of the rotator cuff tendons. These may be anatomical
factors like the shape and orientation of the acromion, biomechanical factors like
alterations in scapular or humeral kinematics, postural abnormalities, tensile
load, training errors or a combination of these20,56. Based on his extensive
43
experience Neer believed that almost all of the tears of the rotator cuff are
initiated by impingement wear rather than circulatory impairment or trauma9.
2.1.3.1 Subacromial impingement
The subacromial space is the interval between the humeral head inferiorly and
the anterior acromion with the coracoacromial arch superiorly. It is generally
measured linearly between the acromion and the humeral head and expressed as
the acromiohumeral distance (AHD). AHD has been measured in normal
shoulders and in patients with rotator cuff disease using plain radiographs68-71,
ultrasound72-74 and MRI70,75,76.
Several studies have shown that AHD varies from 7–14 mm in healthy shoulders
but is reduced in those with rotator cuff tears71,72,77. It has also been shown that
in patients having surgery for rotator cuff disease, an AHD of less than 7 mm
(with the arm at rest) is a predictor for poor outcome71,77,78. However, significant
subacromial space narrowing with the arm at rest is not always seen in patients
with rotator cuff disease72,74. Biomechanical factors such as muscle activity and
posture may cause a reduction in the subacromial space when the arm is being
used. This “functional” narrowing of the subacromial space may only be detected
by measuring the space with muscle activation and this measure may prove to be
much more useful75. Several studies have shown that AHD during active arm
elevation was smaller in subjects with rotator cuff disease compared to healthy
shoulders75,76,79.
44
Anatomical factors like variations in the shape, slope or orientation of the
acromion and prominent osteophytic changes to the inferior aspect of the
acromioclavicular joint (ACJ) or coracoacromial ligament can also reduce the
subacromial space excessively and cause impingement62,63,80-82.
2.1.3.2 Acromion morphology
The shape of acromion in both coronal and sagittal plane can have a big influence
in causing subacromial impingement9. Neer believed that anatomic variation and
abnormality in the shape of the acromion are the major etiologic factors in
rotator cuff tears9. Various parameters like acromial type83, acromial slope83,84,
acromial tilt84, lateral acromial angle85 and acromion index86 have been used to
describe acromial morphology. The classification system proposed by Bigliani
and co-workers’ based on outlet views is widely accepted for the evaluation of
acromial morphology in patients with rotator cuff disease83. He described three
different acromial shapes in relation to full thickness rotator cuff tears (Figure
2-1):
1. Type I acromion has a flat under surface
2. Type II has a curved under surface
3. 3. Type III has an anterior hook (hooked acromion)
A fourth type of acromion was added later that had a convex undersurface82.
45
Figure 2-1: Bigliani classification of acromial morphology (source: Bigliani et al83)
Bigliani et al found a type III acromion in 70% of cadavers with rotator cuff tears
while only 3% of type I acromion was associated with a tear83. This observation
was supported by Epstein and co-workers, when they found a significant
correlation between Type III (hooked) acromion and the presence of rotator cuff
tears (62% vs 13%, p<0.0001) using MRI81. Others have found that a low lateral
acromial angle and a large lateral extension of the acromion are associated with
a higher prevalence of impingement and rotator cuff tears57,80,87,88.
It is unclear whether the acromial morphology is a congenital or an acquired
trait64,89. Anatomic studies on cadavers and MRI studies on young symptomless
population did not find a single hooked acromion under the age of 30 years80,90.
With advancing age, a consistent and gradual transition from a flat acromion to a
more curved or hooked acromion is seen64,89,91. The shape of the acromion can
be modified by bone apposition predominantly at the anterior inferior aspect of
the acromion. This age-related spur formation may be one of the most important
factors in progression to a rotator cuff rupture92.
46
There are arguments against this theory; the main criticisms are:
1. Most partial thickness cuff tears do not occur on the bursal surface of the
cuff where mechanical abrasion from acromion is expected to occur93,94.
2. A 3D shape analysis of acromial morphology on MRI has shown that
osseous impingement by the acromion is not a primary cause of shoulder
impingement or rotator cuff tears95.
3. There is evidence to suggest that bursal surface cuff tears could be
responsible for subacromial spurs and not the other way round94,96,97.
4. Although bursal surface partial tears or full thickness tears are associated
with severe degenerative changes in the acromion, studies have shown
that these changes can be present when the rotator cuff is normal98
5. There is poor intra and inter observer reliability in identifying the
acromion type in both anatomic and radiological assessment99-101.
6. Recent studies have shown that routine acromioplasty may not be
necessary for successful rotator cuff repair102, which would be
unexpected if acromial shape plays a major role in causing tendon
damage.
To summarise, most evidence suggests that subacromial impingement remains a
valid theory. It may play a major role in selected cases of rotator cuff disease but
is probably not as common as previously thought.
2.1.3.3 Biomechanical factors
Postural abnormalities, focal muscle weakness or soft tissue tightness can have a
direct influence on scapular and humeral kinematics. Abnormal scapular and
47
humeral kinematics can lead to dynamic narrowing of the subacromial space
causing compression of the rotator cuff tendon secondary to superior translation
of the humeral head103-106.
Reduced posterior tilting and upward rotation of the scapula but an increase in
internal rotation were found in patients with subacromial impingement
compared to normal subjects107-109. This can result in the failure of the anterior
acromion to move away from the humeral head during arm elevation and can
contribute to a reduction in the subacromial space and compression of the
rotator cuff tendons109. Many authors have identified anterior acromion as the
predominant site for impingement9,55,110,111. Thoracic spine kyphosis and even
small changes in the performance of scapulothoracic muscles particularly the
serratus anterior and trapezius can alter the position of the scapula and
contribute to a reduction in the subacromial space56,112,113.
2.1.3.4 Internal impingement
The term “internal impingement” refers to compression of the rotator cuff
tendons between the posterior superior glenoid rim and humerus when the arm
is in full external rotation, abduction, and extension114,115. This happens on the
articular surface rather than the bursal surface of the tendons and is particularly
found in overhead athletes114,116-118. Although described as an extrinsic
mechanism, narrowing of the subacromial space is not a typical finding. Patients
tend to present with pain in the posterior and superior aspects of the shoulder
typically in the late cocking phase of throwing when the arm is in abduction and
external rotation116
48
2.1.3.5 Tensile load
The exact level of load to maintain ideal tendon homeostasis is unknown. With
overuse, several studies have demonstrated pathological changes in tendon such
as tenocyte apoptosis, chondroid metaplasia and changes in matrix
metalloproteinases52,119,120. Others believe that under stimulation may be as
damaging as over stimulation66. It may explain why degeneration happens in
certain ageing population and not in others50,65. The increased incidence of
tendinopathy with age and in the active population is consistent with this theory.
This theory does not fully explain why certain areas of particular tendons are
particularly prone to degenerative change.
2.1.4 Intrinsic theory
A growing body of evidence suggests that intrinsic factors may cause
degeneration of the tendon and initiate the rotator cuff changes58,97,121,122.
Specifically, factors such as age, microvascularity, altered biology and inferior
mechanical properties have been proposed. Genetics and environmental factors
like smoking may also play a part.
2.1.4.1 Age
Advancing age in itself can have a negative effect on mechanical properties of
tendons, due to reduced arterial blood flow, local hypoxia, free radical
production, impaired metabolism and nutrition123. This may explain the
increased prevalence of rotator cuff degeneration, including partial and full
thickness rotator cuff tears in subjects over 40 years48,124-126. Although Neer
advocated an extrinsic mechanism for rotator cuff pathology, he included age as
an important factor. He described rotator cuff pathology as a continuum with 3
49
stages characterized by age: less than 25 years for stage I, between 25 and
40 years for stage II, and greater than 40 years of age for stage III respectively9.
Histological studies have shown that, with advancing age supraspinatus tendons
have decreased glycosaminoglycans and proteoglycans127. Kumagai et al found
calcification and fibro vascular proliferation, with an overall reduction of
collagen content and an increased proportion of weaker, more irregularly
arranged type III collagen in the rotator cuff tendons of elderly subjects without
history of shoulder problems128.
On the contrary, Longo et al in a study on elderly population found little evidence
to support the theory that tendon degenerates with age in healthy asymptomatic
individuals129. Along with Matthews et al67, he suggests that there are other
factors beyond age that causes degeneration and that separate pathways exist in
the ageing symptomatic and asymptomatic rotator cuff129. Regardless, age
related changes to the tendon appear to be a significant intrinsic factor in the
pathogenesis of tendinopathy.
2.1.4.2 Microvascularity
Tendons are metabolically active structures and require vascular supply for
nutrition and turnover. Reduced vascularity may reduce collagen synthesis and
compromise tendon turnover. Certain tendons are susceptible to vascular
compromise; these include the supraspinatus21-23 and the achilles38,130. A
deficient vascular supply has been implicated as a factor in the pathogenesis of
human rotator cuff tendinopathy.
50
Codman first described the idea of a “critical zone” as an area within the
supraspinatus tendon with decreased vascularity and the most common site for
tendon pathology28. He described this area to be approximately 1 cm medial to
the insertion of the supraspinatus on the greater tuberosity. Subsequent studies
about the blood supply within the supraspinatus tendon concluded that the
blood supply may not be uniform and concur with the presence of a “critical
zone”, which can make the tendon more susceptible to damage at that particular
region21-23. It has also been suggested that this “critical zone” with its sparse
blood supply may not be a well-defined anatomical zone but could be a
functional zone dependent on arm position23. This concept of a reduced blood
flow has been challenged by in-vivo studies which did not find any evidence of
hypo-vascularity in the “critical zone”25-27.
Blood supply can also be reduced with increasing age18,22,131,132 and at the
articular side fibres compared to the bursal surface fibres, which appear to be
well vascularised21,131. Neovascularization or an increased vascular response has
been found in regions of degenerative changes and smaller tendon
tears25,122,133,134 while tendinopathy that progress to complete tendon tears have
been shown to be avascular67,133,135. It has been suggested that the increased
vascularity could be a healing response to tissue microtrauma while the
avascularity could be the cause of progressive tendinopathy or the result of a
complete tear23,25.
Still, the relationship between vascularity, age and degeneration has not been
fully elucidated and a recent review article has highlighted the lack of definitive
51
knowledge in this field20. Besides, the vascular and impingement theories are not
mutually exclusive. The high incidence of supraspinatus pathology can be
explained as the result of impingement in and around a critical zone of vascular
supply136.
2.1.4.3 Genetics
In a study by Harvie et al137, siblings of patients with full thickness rotator cuff
tears were found to be at a significant risk of experiencing both symptoms of
rotator cuff disease and tears of the rotator cuff. The study showed that siblings
had more than twice the risk of developing tears of the rotator cuff (relative to a
control group) (p<0.001) and nearly five times the risk of experiencing
symptoms (p<0.001). A case-control study by Flynn et al138 reported that
individuals with an ACL tear are twice as likely to have a relative with an ACL
tear and more than twice as likely to have a first-degree relative with an ACL
tear. Several studies have reported a relationship between genetics and Achilles
tendinopathy139-141.
Taken together these results appear to hint at a genetic predisposition to rotator
cuff tears. However, the identification of several intrinsic and extrinsic risk
factors associated with rotator cuff tears, suggests that complex gene–
environment interactions are probably involved in the aetiology of these
conditions.
2.1.5 Other factors
Increased levels of substance P, a neurotransmitter, has been found in rotator
cuff tendinopathy142. Other studies have shown increased levels of
52
neuropeptides and neurotransmitters such as acetylcholine143,144,
catecholamines145,146, glutamate147 and mast cells148 in tendon disorders
suggesting a possible neural aetiology.
Epidemiological studies have helped to identify several other risk factors for
rotator cuff disease. An increased level of total cholesterol, triglycerides and LDL
with reduced HDL is related to full thickness tears149; suggesting diet may play a
part in tendon homeostasis. Tobacco has been shown to increase the risk for
rotator cuff tear150, tear size151 and poorer outcome after repair152,153. Heavy
manual work and exposure to vibration are shown to be risk indicators for
tendinitis of the shoulder154. Systemic diseases, either inherited (such as
Marfan’s or Ehlers-Danlos syndrome) or acquired (such as Rheumatoid arthritis
or Diabetes Mellitus) may also influence tendon pathology155-157.
2.1.6 Conclusion
In practice, it is likely that rotator cuff disease arises from a combination of all
the above factors, rather than being a process that is purely intrinsic or extrinsic
to the tendons itself, although their relative contributions may vary and difficult
to assess. Damage accumulation from repetitive microtrauma and aging are
likely to contribute to the process158. Despite the high prevalence of rotator cuff
disease, the inciting element for tendinopathy and tears is not known. A major
limitation is borne by the fact that examination of human tendons is only
possible in patients with advanced disease who undergo surgery while tissues
from patients in the early phase of disease or who are treated conservatively are
not available for study.
53
Figure 2-2: Extrinsic and intrinsic mechanisms of rotator cuff tendinopathy (from: Seitz et al56)
54
2.2 Diagnosis of rotator cuff pathology
Traditionally, clinicians have relied on a clinical examination comprising a
detailed subjective history and comprehensive physical examination, followed by
specific clinical tests to diagnose pathology in the rotator cuff.
2.2.1 Clinical presentation
2.2.1.1 Symptoms and signs
The physical signs and symptoms of disease of the rotator cuff are often non-
specific159. Pain, weakness, and loss of shoulder motion are common symptoms
reported with rotator cuff pathology160. The symptoms and signs can broadly be
categorized under two categories159:
1. Those caused mainly by the inflammation of subacromial bursa and
tendon – shoulder pain, a painful arc, positive impingement sign and signs
of fluid in the bursa.
2. Those resulting from a torn tendon – crepitus, muscle weakness, drop
arm sign and atrophy of the spinati.
Pain is the most common symptom and is usually felt over the anterolateral part
of the shoulder. It is often referred to the level of the deltoid insertion and is
exacerbated by overhead activities. Night pain is a frequent symptom, especially
when the patient lies on the affected shoulder159. Patients may also report
clicking, catching or crepitus in the shoulder160,161. Symptoms may be relatively
acute, either following an injury or associated with a known repetitive overuse
activity. In elderly patients with degenerative cuff pathology, symptoms are often
insidious with progressive pain, weakness and loss of active motion160,162.
However, many degenerative rotator cuff defects are asymptomatic163,164.
55
2.2.1.2 Examination
Physical examination is an important part of the clinical assessment of patients
presenting with shoulder pain and weakness. Inspection may reveal
supraspinatus and infraspinatus atrophy in massive rotator cuff tears160.
Palpation at the anterior edge of the acromion may reveal an area of tenderness
or defect in the cuff-tendon attachment160. The impingement syndrome
associated with rotator cuff injuries tends to cause pain with elevation ranging
from 60-120° when the rotator cuff tendons are compressed against the anterior
acromion and coracoacromial ligament9,165. Decreased active elevation with
normal passive range of motion may be observed in rotator cuff tears due to pain
and weakness. Individual muscles can be isolated and tested for strength166. In
patients with massive cuff tears, the humeral head is no longer stabilized in the
glenoid and the deltoid muscle is ineffective in elevating of the arm, leading to a
finding known as pseudo paralysis of the shoulder167.
Numerous tests have been described to evaluate the presence of
impingement syndrome and to determine the integrity of the individual
components of the rotator cuff168. Many similar tests have been described by
different people but given different names. Also, the same person may have
described many different tests, which can lead to confusion. Neer described an
impingement test and an impingement sign9,55. The “impingement sign” was an
injection test, where the pain elicited by the “impingement test” was relieved by
the injection of 10 ml of 1% lignocaine beneath the anterior acromion9. He stated
that this test could separate impingement lesions from other causes of shoulder
56
pain. Other tests include the Hawkins-Kennedy impingement sign165, Jobe’s
empty can test 166, the horn-blower’s sign169, the drop-arm sign described by
Codman28, Gerber’s lift off170 and the belly press test171 and the infraspinatus
muscle strength test172, to name a few.
Several studies have commented that most tests for rotator cuff pathology were
inaccurate and therefore cannot be relied upon for making an accurate
diagnosis173-177. The poor accuracy of clinical tests for rotator cuff pathology
could be related to a lack of anatomical validity of the tests or it may be that the
close relationships of structures in the shoulder may make it difficult to identify
specific pathologies with clinical tests174
2.2.2 Investigations
Accurate diagnosis of shoulder conditions by clinical examination alone is
difficult as the clinical findings are often shown to have poor correlation with the
actual pathology 175-178. It has been suggested that the close relationship of the
structures in the shoulder may explain the poor diagnostic accuracy of clinical
tests for rotator cuff pathology179. Imaging, therefore is important in the
management of patients with shoulder pain, particularly for the surgeon who
require detailed information to advice patients about their treatment options,
prognosis and outcome especially where surgery is considered. In particular, it is
important for the surgeon to know about the presence or absence of a rotator
cuff tear and its extent, so that the appropriate surgery could be planned. Many
studies have demonstrated that the size of the tear has a strong correlation to
the likelihood of a satisfactory final outcome180-182. But, even a global clinical
57
assessment of shoulder function is relatively poor in predicting the size of
rotator cuff tear183.
The clinician has a choice among the many available imaging techniques for the
evaluation of rotator cuff tendons in the shoulder. These include
ultrasonography, MRI and arthrography (Conventional, CT or MR). Plain
radiographs of the shoulder may be useful to exclude osteoarthritis of the
glenohumeral or acromioclavicular joints and calcific tendonitis. Conventional
and CT arthrography use ionising radiation and have largely been replaced by
Ultrasonography (USG), Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) and Magnetic
Resonance Arthrography (MRA).
Currently, Ultrasonography, Magnetic Resonance Imaging and Magnetic
Resonance Arthrography are the three main imaging modalities used in the
assessment of rotator cuff pathology162,184. A meta-analysis comparing the
diagnostic accuracy of MRA, MRI and USG has shown that MR Arthrography is
more sensitive and specific than either MRI or ultrasound in diagnosing full-
thickness or partial-thickness rotator cuff tears, when referenced against
surgical findings184. The same study also showed no significant differences in
either sensitivity or specificity between MRI and ultrasound in the diagnosis of
partial- or full-thickness rotator cuff tears184.
2.2.2.1 Ultrasound
Since Seltzer’s first description in 1979185, USG of the shoulder is used in
secondary and, increasingly, primary healthcare settings to evaluate the integrity
58
of the rotator cuff. USG is a non-invasive examination that allows dynamic
visualisation of the tendons during movement of the shoulder and has practically
no adverse effects. It is quick, portable, cost-effective and more acceptable to the
patient compared to arthrography184,186. However, USG has a long learning curve
and its accuracy very much depends on the skill of the operator. Its effectiveness
is also somewhat limited in obese patients, patients with a reduced range of
motion and especially in the diagnosis of partial thickness tears162,184,187.
2.2.2.2 Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Magnetic Resonance Imaging has become the primary diagnostic method for the
evaluation of joints by virtue of its non-invasive nature, lack of ionizing radiation,
superior soft tissue contrast and ability to outline structures in multiple
planes188. Direct magnetic resonance arthrography (MRA) extends the
capabilities of conventional MR imaging189. MRA is a two-step procedure
involving intra-articular instillation of contrast solution followed by MR imaging.
Diluted gadolinium is usually injected as the MR arthrographic contrast
material189. The arthrogram can be performed using fluoroscopy or in the case of
shoulder, by USG. Arthrography is an invasive procedure with its associated risks
190 and MRI is time consuming and costly.
When rotator cuff pathology is suspected, the decision to perform appropriate
imaging is usually based on patient’s age and diagnostic questions that need to
be addressed. Conventional MRI and USG have high sensitivity (92-94%) and
specificity (92-94%) for full-thickness tears, comparable to MRA162,184.
Therefore, it may be sufficient in older patients in whom surgery might be
59
considered to repair a full thickness rotator cuff tear. For partial-thickness tears,
USG and MRI have much lower reported sensitivities of only 52–74%162,184. In
addition, inter- and intra-observer agreements are substantially decreased in
partial-thickness compared to full-thickness tears of the rotator cuff191-194. A lack
of knowledge about the normal thickness of rotator cuff tendons may be a factor
as one of the criteria often used to diagnose a partial-thickness rotator cuff tear
is thinning of the tendon195-197. MRA is therefore the most sensitive modality at
present for diagnosing partial thickness rotator cuff tears with a statistically
significant difference compared to USG and MRI184.
2.3 Treatment
The objectives of treatment of symptomatic rotator cuff disease are to relieve
pain and restore movement and function of the shoulder. A wide spectrum of
treatment options are available to treat rotator cuff disease. These vary from
conservative methods like rest, physical therapy, oral medications and
subacromial injections to surgical options like arthroscopic or open subacromial
decompression, acromioplasty and repair of the rotator cuff tendons47,55,198-201
2.3.1 Natural history
The pathophysiology of rotator cuff disease has traditionally been viewed as a
progressive disorder of the rotator cuff tendons that begins with an acute
tendinitis, progressing to tendinosis with degeneration and partial thickness
tears and finally resulting in full-thickness rotator cuff tears9,56. Yamaguchi et al
performed a longitudinal analysis of asymptomatic tears as a model to evaluate
the natural history of rotator cuff tears202,203. They found that a substantial
60
proportion of subjects with asymptomatic rotator cuff tears become
symptomatic after a short-term follow-up period with an increase in pain and
decrease in ability to perform activities of daily living. USG examination showed
that 50% of the symptomatic patients and 22% of the asymptomatic patients
showed tear progression202 with an increase in tear size of full-thickness tears
and the progression of partial tears to full-thickness tears203.
Figure 2-3: From top to bottom – arthroscopic images of normal, articular sided partial thickness tear and full thickness tear of the rotator cuff
61
Milgrom et al studied the integrity of the rotator cuff in both dominant and non-
dominant shoulders of 90 asymptomatic adults between the ages of 30 and 99
years using ultrasound124. They noticed that the prevalence of partial- or full-
thickness tears increased markedly after 50 years of age. Rotator cuff tears were
present in over 50% of dominant shoulders in the seventh decade and in 80% of
subjects over 80 years of age. While most lesions in the fourth and fifth decades
were either stage 1 or 2, all stage 3 lesions in that age group were only partial
thickness tears. In contrast, 55% of lesions in the sixth to tenth decades were full
thickness tears, suggesting that at least some of the stage 1 or 2 lesions progress
on to full thickness tears even in the asymptomatic individuals124.
Fukuda et al studied large histologic sections of surgical tissue from 12 patients
treated surgically for bursal-side rotator cuff tears (BSRCT)133. They observed
that superficial BSRCTs develop into deep tears and eventually become full
thickness tears. In a study by Maman et al204 on symptomatic patients, serial MRI
studies were done on 59 shoulders with either full or partial rotator cuff tears
treated nonsurgically. They found that more than half (52%; seventeen) of the
thirty-three full-thickness tears increased in size at follow-up. Therefore, it
seems likely that rotator cuff pathology if left untreated can progress along the
spectrum of tendinopathy, partial thickness tear to full thickness tear.
2.3.2 Non-operative treatment
Conservative management is often the primary treatment of choice. The
mainstays of conservative treatment are physical therapy and oral non-steroidal
62
anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) along with subacromial corticosteroid
injections.
2.3.2.1 Physiotherapy
Physiotherapy is a broad term and can include range of motion, stretching,
flexibility and strengthening exercises, along with manual therapy and other
modalities like ultrasound205. Multiple systematic reviews of interventions for
rotator cuff pathology and shoulder pain suggest that exercise may be an
effective treatment47,205-207. Studies have shown that home and supervised
exercise programmes might be more effective than no intervention or placebo200
and that therapeutic exercises have a positive effect on pain and function205,208.
In a prospective randomized study Haahr et al have shown that exercises are as
efficient as subacromial decompression in patients with subacromial
impingement at 4-8 years follow-up209. Kuhn proposed a physical therapy
protocol based on a systematic review of the best available evidence for exercise
in the treatment of impingement syndrome, which has been shown to be
effective in Level 1 and 2 studies205.
2.3.2.2 Oral Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)
In the primary health care setting treatment is frequently initiated with the
prescription of a NSAID. Various NSAIDs have been used in the treatment of
rotator cuff problems 210-212. NSAIDs are thought to act by inhibiting
prostaglandin synthesis, relieving pain and suppressing the inflammatory
process213. A systematic review of 19 randomised clinical trials (RCTs) in the use
of NSAIDs for shoulder pain showed that NSAIDs are useful but only in the short
63
term213. The tolerability of oral NSAIDs varies considerably between patients,
and is frequently accompanied by adverse reactions, mostly of a gastrointestinal
nature but also an increase in the risk of vascular events213,214. Parenteral NSAID
preparations are rarely used due to concerns about local irritation and poor
tolerability215.
2.3.2.3 Sub-acromial injections
Subacromial corticosteroid injection is a common first line intervention for
treatment of rotator cuff problems201,216. Corticosteroids are thought to work
due to its anti-inflammatory properties 217. Despite many RCTs of corticosteroid
injections for shoulder pain, their small sample sizes, variable methodological
quality, heterogeneity in terms of population studied, injection modality
employed and choice of comparator means that there is little overall evidence to
guide treatment201,218. Moreover, there are concerns about potential side effects
with corticosteroid injections like dermal atrophy, infection, collagen necrosis,
tendon weakening and rupture219,220. A recent Cochrane review on the subject
concluded that subacromial corticosteroid injection for rotator cuff disease may
be beneficial although their effect may be small and not well-maintained201.
2.3.3 Operative treatment
Operative treatment is considered if conservative treatment fails and the patient
has persistent symptoms of pain and disability and is willing to undergo
surgery221. Operative procedures can range from subacromial decompression
(SAD) with or without acromioplasty to repair of the torn rotator cuff tendons222.
Surgical techniques have evolved from all open repairs to all arthroscopic
repairs with arthroscopic surgery being the most commonly used. Arthroscopy
64
offers advantages over open procedure and recent advances in equipment and
techniques have now made it the procedure of choice.
Surgery performed arthroscopically requires less surgical dissection as the
deltoid muscle fibres are left intact, resulting in less postoperative morbidity and
discomfort. In most instances the procedure can be performed on an outpatient
basis223. Arthroscopy allows concomitant examination of the glenohumeral joint
as well as any associated pathology, such as labral tears, lesions resulting from
instability, partial tears of the biceps tendon, and partial thickness tears of either
surface of the rotator cuff223. It is also possible to examine and if necessary
debride or excise the acromioclavicular joint with an arthroscopic procedure.
2.3.3.1 Subacromial decompression and acromioplasty
Subacromial decompression (SAD) and acromioplasty are the most commonly
performed surgical procedures to treat symptoms of impingement in the
absence of a full-thickness tear of the rotator cuff and has been shown to be very
effective in relieving the symptoms55,199,224,225. This treatment is based on Neer’s
theory that abnormal acromial morphology is the initiating factor for rotator cuff
dysfunction and eventual tearing9,55.
However, studies have failed to find any evidence that surgical treatment is
superior to conservative treatment or that one particular surgical technique is
superior to another to treat subacromial impingement226,227. Gebremariam et
al226 looked at five RCTs reporting on various surgical techniques. They found no
evidence for the superiority of subacromial decompression versus conservative
65
treatment in the short, medium or long term. Tashjian et al227 reviewed 13 RCTs
of surgical interventions in subacromial impingement and came to the
conclusion that no technique is convincingly better than another or than
conservative intervention.
In subacromial decompression, inflamed and thickened bursal tissue is removed
from the subacromial space using a soft tissue shaver and electrocautery225. An
acromioplasty is indicated if an acromial hook or spur is present or if there is
evidence of abrasion on the under surface of the acromion225,228. During
acromioplasty, the coracoacromial ligament is released and the prominent
antero-inferior part of the acromion is resected leaving a flat undersurface55,228.
Small partial thickness tears involving less than 50% of tendon thickness can be
successfully treated with SAD and debridement of the tendon229-231. SAD and
acromioplasty are also considered an integral part of rotator cuff repair to allow
space for the repair and the fixed tendon232. Recent evidence suggests that
clinical outcomes after acromioplasty were not significantly different from
subacromial decompression alone, and acromioplasty may not be necessary in
the operative treatment of patients with small to medium-sized rotator cuff tears
in the absence of acromial spurs232-234.
2.3.3.2 Rotator cuff debridement and repair
Debridement of the rotator cuff with or without subacromial decompression is
an effective long-term treatment for partial-thickness tendinosis or tears of the
rotator cuff224,229-231,235. For high-grade partial thickness rotator cuff tears,
tendon repair has been shown to be a reliable method with positive outcomes
66
reported for transtendon, transosseous, and tear-completion methods, with no
significant difference noted between these surgical techniques236-240. In general
terms, the available evidence suggest that tears that involve less than 50% of the
tendon can be treated with good results by debridement of the tendon with or
without a formal acromioplasty but for tears greater than 50%, surgical
intervention focusing on repair has been successful241.
Open180,181,242,243, mini-open244-246 and arthroscopic223,247-249 repair of full
thickness rotator cuff tears has been shown to result in good to excellent
outcomes in terms of functional improvement and pain relief. Even patients who
are aged 65 years or over with a massive full-thickness rotator cuff tear can be
expected to have a good functional outcome and pain relief after repair250,251.
Besides, it has been shown that rotator cuff repair for full-thickness tears
produces net societal cost savings for patients under the age of sixty-one years
and greater QALYs for all patients252.
There has been an evolution in available repair methods for full thickness
rotator cuff tears, with transosseous repairs being augmented or replaced by
single or double rows of suture anchors, and by suture bridge techniques. In
spite of the improved biomechanical performance offered by the newer repair
methods, re-tears are reported to happen in around 25%, associated with
increased tear size and older age253-257. A systematic review on the effect of
rotator cuff repair method and surgical approach on the re-tear rate found a
significantly lower re-tear rate for double-row repairs (for all tears greater than
1 cm) but found no difference between arthroscopic and nonarthroscopic
67
approaches for any repair method258. Biologic approaches using growth factors,
stem cell therapy and tissue engineering are being tried to enhance rotator cuff
healing after surgery but are still in its infancy259. In patients with massive
irrepairable rotator cuff tears an allograft may be used to reduce pain and
improve function260. Recently, a committee sponsored by the American Academy
of Orthopaedic Surgeons published a clinical practice guideline summary
regarding the management of rotator cuff tears261.
2.4 Conclusion
Rotator cuff pathology is a common condition about which there is still much to
learn. Conservative treatment in the form of physiotherapy, NSAIDs and
subacromial corticosteroid injections are the first line of management for rotator
cuff pathology and are successful in most patients. NSAIDS have strong anti-
inflammatory properties but have the potential to cause serious gastro-intestinal
side effects when taken orally. There are concerns about the undesirable side
effects of subacromial corticosteroid injections including on tendon integrity and
tendon healing. These risks are amplified if multiple subacromial corticosteroid
injections are administered. There is an argument to use a subacromial NSAID
injection which could avoid or minimise the potential side effects mentioned
earlier. Injectable NSAIDS have rarely been used around the shoulder due to
concerns about local reactions and poor tolerability and therefore their efficacy
in treating rotator cuff pathology is unknown. My aim was to conduct a trial to
compare the efficacy of a subacromial NSAID injection with a subacromial
corticosteroid injection in patients with rotator cuff pathology, as measured by
68
improvement in shoulder specific outcome scores. I designed a double blind
randomised controlled trial to compare the efficacy of a single subacromial
injection of 20mg of tenoxicam (NSAID) with 40mg of methylprednisolone
(corticosteroid) as measured by Constant Shoulder score (primary outcome
measure), six weeks after the injection.
As I was conducting the trial, I recognised that there were unresolved diagnostic
challenges, especially in diagnosing partial thickness tears on ultrasound. Plain
radiographs give some information about the cuff and surrounding structures
but MRI or USG is required to get detailed information about the rotator cuff.
USG has many advantages but is less sensitive in detecting partial thickness tears
than full thickness tears. An audit of our own practice comparing preoperative
ultrasonography findings with findings at arthroscopy in one hundred
consecutive shoulders, has shown that the sensitivity for detecting full thickness
tears by ultrasonography was 100% which falls to 83% for detecting partial
thickness tears. These results were presented as a poster (Appendix A) at the
annual conference of the British Elbow and Shoulder Society (BESS) and the
American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons (AAOS). Knowledge of the
ultrasound dimensions of a normal rotator cuff will be helpful in diagnosing a
pathologic cuff, particularly partial thickness tears. A detailed review of the
literature did not reveal any studies documenting the dimensions of a normal
rotator cuff in a young healthy population using ultrasonography. My aim was to
document the normal rotator cuff dimensions in volunteers under the age of
forty with asymptomatic shoulders in an observational study using
ultrasonography. The study will also explore any correlation between the
69
measurements and the sex, height, weight and hand dominance of the subjects.
Further, I developed an interest in exploring factors associated with pathology of
the rotator cuff. There is now a good body of evidence to suggest that rotator cuff
pathology is less likely to be caused by extrinsic factors but more likely that
pathology is initiated intrinsically within the tendon, with the changes in the
surrounding structures being a secondary feature. A literature review by
Hegedus et al on the relationship between vascularity and tendon pathology in
the rotator cuff have found divergent views with little agreement on the
results20. In addition, vascularity of the rotator cuff also plays an important role
in the rehabilitation and surgical interventions that are chosen to treat cuff
pathology. They concluded their review by suggesting that further larger sample,
in-vivo, Doppler studies comparing normal and the spectrum of pathological
cuffs are needed to solidify the results regarding the presence of a critical zone
and the effect of hypo/hypervascularity on age and degeneration20.
When conservative methods fail, arthroscopy has changed rotator cuff surgery
considerably. This allows minimal access surgery, although successful repair of
the torn tendon is still a challenge. Despite advances in surgical techniques,
equipment and materials and the adaptation of evidence-based post-operative
physiotherapy regimes, the tendon repair failure rate still remains high. While
further work needs to be done to establish the important factors that allow
successful healing of the tendon, it is highly likely that micro-vascular blood flow
of the tendon will be an important factor in tendon healing and the outcome of any
surgical intervention and further work to understand this is warranted. My plan was
to conduct a study using an intraoperative laser Doppler probe to measure the
70
microvascular blood flow in rotator cuffs of patients undergoing arthroscopic
shoulder surgery. The study was designed to measure blood flow in different
regions of the cuff and to look for variations of blood flow in normal rotator cuffs
as well as for differences in microvascular blood flow between normal rotator
cuff and rotator cuffs with tendinopathy, partial thickness tears or full thickness
tears.
In summary, my period of research about the management of rotator cuff
pathology started with a randomised controlled trial of subacromial injections
comparing NSAID with a corticosteroid. As I was conducting the trial, I
developed an interest in exploring unresolved issues related to diagnosis and
pathogenesis of rotator cuff tears. This led me to conduct two further studies –
ultrasound dimensions of rotator cuff in young asymptomatic volunteers and
pattern of microvascular blood flow in normal and pathological rotator cuffs.
These studies are presented in the thesis in the order they were conducted.
2.5 Research Questions
This review has led me to formulate the following research questions which
forms the basis for my thesis
1. Can subacromial injection of a NSAID provide equal or better outcome
compared to a subacromial corticosteroid injection as measured by
functional outcome scores?
2. What are the normal dimensions of rotator cuff in asymptomatic young
adults, as measured by ultrasonography?
71
3. Can intra-operative ultrasound provide accurate description of rotator
cuff tears?
4. Does the normal rotator cuff in living humans have a uniform blood flow
throughout the tendon and is there a difference in microvascular blood
flow between normal rotator cuff and rotator cuffs with tendinopathy,
partial thickness tears or full thickness tears?
72
Chapter 3 A double-blind randomised controlled study comparing subacromial injection of tenoxicam or methylprednisolone in patients with subacromial impingement
Summary:
In this chapter, the efficacy of the two commonly used groups of drugs in the
treatment of rotator cuff pathology is discussed. The rationale and feasibility for
using a subacromial NSAID injection is explored and its efficacy compared with a
subacromial corticosteroid injection in a double blind randomised controlled trial.
Declarations:
Dr Nicholas Parsons provided support for statistics and Mr Steve Drew
administered the subacromial injection
This work has been published
Karthikeyan S, Kwong HT, Upadhyay PK, Parsons N, Drew SJ, Griffin D: A double
blind randomised controlled study comparing subacromial injection of tenoxicam
or methylprednisolone in patients with subacromial impingement.
Published in J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2010 Jan;92(1):77-82.
73
3.1 Introduction
3.1.1 Background
Neer described subacromial impingement as a clinical condition that
produces pain in the lateral region of the deltoid, when the affected extremity
is forcibly elevated while the scapula is stabilized in the standing position55.
It indicates a pathologic process between the roof and floor of the subacromial
space leading to impingement of rotator cuff tendons and subacromial bursa
between the humeral head and structures that make up the coracoacromial arch.
The etiology for this syndrome is diverse262. It is one of the most common
musculoskeletal problems leading to shoulder pain and consequent functional
limitation9.
The exact pathophysiology causing the subacromial impingement syndrome is
not completely known and therefore, based on empirical evidence a wide
spectrum of treatment options has been proposed263. These range from
conservative measures like rest, activity modification, physical therapy, anti-
inflammatory drugs to surgical options like arthroscopic or open subacromial
decompression and even total acromionectomy47,55,198,199,210,264. Although
drugs such as non-steroidal anti-inflammatories (NSAIDs) and subacromial
injections of local anaesthetic or corticosteroids are among the most common
treatment options in the management of subacromial impingement syndrome,
their use has remained controversial owing to conflicting evidence in the
literature supporting their efficacy201,211,265,266.
74
Subacromial injection of corticosteroid is one of the most common non-
operative interventions for the treatment of impingement syndrome and several
studies have shown it to be effective in providing symptomatic relief201,216,267. The
precise mechanism by which corticosteroid injections provide symptomatic
relief in subacromial impingement syndrome is not well understood. Possible
therapeutic mechanisms include anti-inflammatory effects, relaxation of reflex
muscle spasm, influence of local tissue metabolism, pain relief, mechanical
improvement, and even a placebo effect268.
Despite the popularity of the intervention a consensus seems to exist that there
has been a lack of good trials defining the scientific basis of subacromial
corticosteroid injections, and in particular quantification of its efficacy201,216,267.
More important, there are potential complications associated with subacromial
corticosteroid injections and these include dermal atrophy, infection including
septic arthritis and abscess, collagen necrosis and tendon weakening or
rupture219,220,269,270. Despite considerable research, no real alternative to
corticosteroid has been offered for subacromial injections. If corticosteroids are
effective because of their anti-inflammatory properties, there is an argument
to try an alternative drug designed specifically as an anti-inflammatory, such as
a NSAID, which might be a more effective therapeutic intervention without the
potential complications associated with corticosteroids.
NSAIDs in general have potent analgesic and anti-inflammatory
properties, and several have been used to treat tendonitis of the rotator cuff210-
213,271-273. A systematic review has shown that although NSAIDs showed superior
short-term efficacy compared to placebo, there are wide variations in the type of
75
NSAID, the dose, frequency and mode of administration and the duration of
treatment213. The study found no conclusive evidence in favour of a particular
NSAID with respect to efficacy or tolerability. NSAIDs are most commonly
administered as an oral preparation but the tolerability of oral NSAIDs varies
considerably between patients, and is frequently accompanied by severe
gastrointestinal side effects, which forces a proportion of patients to discontinue
treatment213,214. NSAIDs are not often used for intralesional or local injection
because of insufficient data, short duration of action, local irritation and
poor tolerability215.
Tenoxicam, a NSAID belonging to the oxicam group, addresses some of these
concerns. Tenoxicam is available as a long acting, water soluble
preparation for injection without irritant preservatives or emulsifying
agents such as benzyl alcohol and propylene glycol, which are known to
cause local irritation and sometimes necrosis215. Tenoxicam has been
administered as a local, intramuscular or intravenous injection and well
tolerated both systemically and locally by patients215,274,275. Itzkowitch et
al215 found that periarticular injection of tenoxicam was effective in treating
rotator cuff tendinitis in a randomised placebo-controlled study.
Our aim was to conduct a double-blind randomised controlled trial to
evaluate the efficacy of a single subacromial injection of NSAID in
improving shoulder function and compare it to a single subacromial
injection of corticosteroid i n p a t i e nt s wit h s ub a cromia l impingement.
76
Vischer276 conducted a review on the efficacy and tolerability of Tenoxicam. They
reviewed open studies providing initial data on the efficacy and safety, double-
blind studies versus placebo to assess efficacy and comparative studies assessing
different doses of Tenoxicam in comparison with reference drugs like
indomethacin, naproxen, ibuprofen, diclofenac and piroxicam. They state that the
efficacy of Tenoxicam has been demonstrated in double-blind comparative
studies against placebo, and dose-finding studies have found the optimal dose to
be 20 mg in patients with post-operative pain, ankylosing spondylitis, acute
tendinitis and rheumatoid, osteo or gouty arthritis. It was found to be well
tolerated both in short-term and long-term studies. The types of side-effects
encountered were mainly gastrointestinal disturbances, followed in frequency
by skin rashes. All side-effects were generally mild and reversible276. Tenoxicam
has the advantages of high efficacy coupled with low toxicity and the
pharmacokinetic properties of extensive metabolic degradation prior to
elimination and long half-life277. Tenoxicam has been used intra-articularly for
post-operative pain relief after knee arthroscopy and found to be effective278,279.
Besides, locally administered tenoxicam was found to be well tolerated and
effective in alleviating pain and improving shoulder mobility215. This study
provided evidence and established that local NSAID therapy and in particular
tenoxicam is a viable treatment for impingement syndrome. It seemed
appropriate to use 20mg tenoxicam (Mobiflex, Roche, Welwyn Garden
City, United Kingdom) as the preferred NSAID in the trial.
77
To choose the appropriate corticosteroid for the trial, we conducted a survey
among the rheumatologists and the orthopaedic surgeons in our trust about
their preferred drug for use as a subacromial injection. A significant majority
used 40 mg of methylprednisolone (Depomedrone, Pfizer, P uurs , Be lgi um)
along with 5 ml of 1% lignocaine, while a few used triamcinolone. No one used a
NSAID for subacromial injections. Therefore, Depomedrone was chosen to
represent the corticosteroid arm of the trial.
3.1.2 Methylprednisolone
Methylprednisolone is a synthetic glucocorticoid drug. Glucocorticoids are a
class of steroid hormones mainly synthesised in the zona fasciculata of the
adrenal cortex. The name glucocorticoid (glucose + cortex + steroid) is derived
from its role in the regulation of glucose metabolism, its production in the
adrenal cortex, and its steroidal structure (Figure 3-1). Glucocorticoids are
potent anti-inflammatories regardless of the cause of inflammation and are
widely used for the suppression of inflammation in chronic inflammatory
diseases such as asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease and
autoimmune diseases280.
Figure 3-1: Chemical structure of methylprednisolone
78
3.1.2.1 Mechanism of action
Glucocorticoids act by binding to the glucocorticoid receptors which is expressed
in virtually all cells280,281. The activated glucocorticoid receptor complex controls
inflammation by increasing the transcription of anti-inflammatory proteins and
decreasing the transcription of pro-inflammatory proteins. Glucocorticoids
increase the synthesis of lipocortin-I, a protein that suppresses phospholipase A,
(PLA), thereby blocking eicosanoid production, and inhibiting various leucocyte
inflammatory events like epithelial adhesion, emigration, phagocytosis and
chemotaxis. They also down regulate the transcription of several pro-
inflammatory cytokines including IL-18, IL-2, IL-3, IL-6, IL-11, TNF-a, GM-CSF
and other chemical mediators (chemokines) that attract inflammatory cells to
the site of inflammation280,281.
3.1.2.2 Indications
Like most adrenocortical steroids, methylprednisolone is typically used for its
anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive properties. It is available as
methylprednisolone, methylprednisolone acetate and methylprednisolone
sodium acetate. It is commonly used to treat
• Inflammatory conditions like rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis,
polymyalgia rheumatica, crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis
• Severe allergic conditions like bronchial asthma, acute bronchitis and
allergic rhinitis
• Autoimmune disorders like systemic lupus erythematosus
• Chronic skin conditions like pemphigus, dermatitis herpetiformis and
severe psoriasis.
79
• Allergic and inflammatory conditions of the eye including that of
conjunctiva, iris and optic nerve.
• High dose methylprednisolone is used in the early treatment of severe
spinal cord injuries.
3.1.2.3 Contraindications and cautions
Methylprednisolone is contraindicated in patients who have previously shown
hypersensitivity to the product or its constituents. It is contraindicated in
patients with systemic fungal infections. Suppression of the inflammatory
response and immune function increases the susceptibility to fungal, viral and
bacterial infections and their severity and therefore should be used with caution.
Treatment should be monitored more closely in patients who have been exposed
to someone with chickenpox or shingles but they themselves have not already
had these illnesses. It should be used with caution in patients with a history of
depression, bipolar disorder, diabetes, glaucoma and epilepsy.
3.1.2.4 Adverse effects
Current glucocorticoid drugs that are being used act non-selectively and
therefore have a wide range of effects, including changes to metabolism and
immune responses. Long-term use of methylprednisolone, as with all
corticosteroids, can be associated with side effects in all tissues and systems281
(Table 3-1).
Tissue/System Side effects
Adrenal gland Adrenal atrophy, Cushing’s syndrome
Cardiovascular system Hypertension, Thrombosis, Vasculitis, Pulmonary embolism
Central nervous system Changes in behaviour, memory and mood, cerebral atrophy
80
Gastrointestinal tract Peptic ulceration, bleeding and pancreatitis
Immune system Immune suppression, activation of latent viruses
Metabolism Gluconeogenesis, insulin resistance and hyperglycaemia
Musculoskeletal system Muscle atrophy, osteoporosis, bone necrosis, growth retardation
Eyes Cataracts, glaucoma
Skin Atrophy, delayed wound healing, dermatitis
Reproductive system Hypogonadism, delayed puberty
Table 3-1: Adverse effects of glucocorticoids
The most serious side effect occurs when the externally administered drug
methylprednisolone cause the adrenal glands to cease natural production of
cortisol. Sudden withdrawal of the drug after this occurs can result in a condition
known as Addisonian crisis, which if untreated can be fatal282.
3.1.2.5 Pharmacokinetics
Methylprednisolone is widely distributed into the tissues, crosses the blood-
brain barrier, and is secreted in breast milk. The plasma protein binding of
methylprednisolone in humans is approximately 77%. In humans,
methylprednisolone is metabolized in the liver to inactive metabolites; the major
ones are 20α-hydroxymethylprednisolone and 20β-hydroxymethylprednisolone.
The mean elimination half-life for total methylprednisolone is in the range of 1.8
to 5.2 hours283. No dosing adjustments are necessary in renal failure.
Methylprednisolone acetate is less soluble than methylprednisolone.
3.1.2.6 Preparation
The preparation used in the study was Depo-medrone 40 mg/ml. It contains
methylprednisolone acetate 40 mg/ml as a sterile aqueous suspension. The
81
product also contains polyethylene glycol, sodium chloride, myristyl-gamma-
picolinium chloride and sterile water for injections. It can be administered by
any of the following routes: intramuscular, intra-articular, periarticular,
intrabursal, intralesional and into the tendon sheath. The product is
manufactured by Pfizer (Pfizer, Puurs, Belgium).
3.1.3 Tenoxicam
Tenoxicam a thieno-thiazine derivative is a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory
drug (NSAID) belonging to the class oxicams (Figure 3-2). It has anti-
inflammatory, analgesic and antipyretic effects. It has been shown on clinical
trials that the efficacy of tenoxicam is at least equivalent to that of other
NSAIDs284. It is at least as well tolerated as piroxicam and probably better
tolerated than diclofenac, indomethacin and ketoprofen284. Tenoxicam offers
certain advantages compared with other NSAIDs as it can be conveniently
administered once daily and dosage adjustment is not required in the elderly or
in patients with renal or hepatic impairment.
Figure 3-2: Molecular structure of tenoxicam
82
3.1.3.1 Mechanism of action
Tenoxicam is an inhibitor of prostaglandin biosynthesis both in vitro and in vivo.
Its primary mode of action is the inhibition of the cyclooxygenase pathway,
which is involved in the biosynthesis of prostaglandins and thromboxanes from
arachidonic acid. Cyclooxygenase (COX) is the pivotal enzyme involved in the
biosynthesis of prostaglandins. It exists in two isoforms, COX-1 (important for
physiological functions) and COX-2 (involved in inflammation) 285,286. The
constitutive isoform of COX, COX-1, has clear physiologic functions. Its activation
leads, for instance, to the production of prostacyclin, which, when released by
the gastric mucosa, is cytoprotective287. The inducible isoform, COX-2, is induced
in a number of cells by pro-inflammatory stimuli286. It therefore appears that
inhibition of COX is responsible for both the therapeutic effects (inhibition of
COX-2) and side effects (inhibition of COX-1) of NSAIDs285,286. NSAIDs, which
inhibit the COX-2 isomer selectively, are likely to possess maximal anti-
inflammatory efficacy combined with less gastrointestinal and renal toxicity. Its
ability to inhibit leucocyte functions, including phagocytosis and histamine
release, and to promote the scavenging of oxygen radicals may contribute to its
anti-inflammatory activity284.
3.1.3.2 Indications
Like other NSAIDs, tenoxicam can be used in the symptomatic treatment of
rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis and extra-articular
inflammations such as tendinitis, bursitis and periarthritis of the synovial joints.
Studies have shown that the currently recommended dosage of 20mg once daily
provides the best balance between efficacy and tolerability284.
83
3.1.3.3 Contraindications
Tenoxicam is contraindicated in patients who have previously shown
hypersensitivity to the drug. It should not be used in patients in whom acute
asthmatic attacks, urticaria, rhinitis or other allergic manifestations are
precipitated by other NSAIDs. Tenoxicam should not be administered to patients
with active peptic ulcer or active inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal
tract or with history of gastrointestinal bleeding or perforation related to
previous NSAIDs therapy. It is contraindicated in patients with severe heart
failure, hepatic failure or renal failure.
3.1.3.4 Adverse reactions
Tenoxicam is generally well tolerated with most side effects being mild to
moderate in intensity and only transient. The most common adverse reactions
encountered are gastrointestinal, of which peptic ulcer, with or without bleeding,
is the most severe followed by cutaneous (rash, pruritus) and nervous system
(headache, dizziness) complaints284. Other gastrointestinal side effects that have
been observed with tenoxicam include dyspepsia, nausea, constipation,
abdominal pain and diarrhoea. In rare cases, tenoxicam and other NSAIDs can
contribute to thrombotic events, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, and Toxic
Epidermal Necrolysis (TEN). Care should be taken to regularly monitor patients
to detect possible interactions with concomitant therapy and to review renal,
hepatic and cardiovascular function, which may be potentially influenced by
tenoxicam.
84
3.1.3.5 Pharmacokinetics
Tenoxicam is rapidly and completely absorbed following oral administration.
The bioavailability of the drug is essentially 100%. It is highly bound to plasma
proteins (98 to 99%), primarily albumin and rapidly distributed throughout the
body277. The average time to achieve peak plasma concentrations is 1 to 2.6
hours fasting and 4 to 6 hours postprandial284. Tenoxicam is eliminated slowly
from the plasma with a half-life of 60 to 75 hours, permitting once daily doses277.
Peak concentrations of tenoxicam in synovial fluid are approximately half those
in plasma. Approximately two thirds of tenoxicam is excreted in the urine,
mainly as the pharmacologically inactive metabolite, 5-hydroxytenoxicam, and
the remainder in the bile much of it as glucuronide conjugates of hydroxy-
metabolites.
The absorption, distribution, and elimination kinetics of tenoxicam are
independent of dose288. The bioavailability of tenoxicam is unaffected by age,
gender, renal or hepatic impairment, and rheumatic disease states. Due to the
rapid absorption and terminal half-life of the drug its plasma concentration
profile after oral administration was very similar to that following intravenous
dosing. The pharmacokinetic characteristics of tenoxicam allows the entire daily
dose to be administered in one single portion277.
3.1.3.6 Preparation
Tenoxicam is available in tablet form for oral administration or as an injection
for parenteral administration. The preparation used in the trial was Mobiflex
injection. The Mobiflex vials contain 20mg sterile tenoxicam and inactive
85
ingredients: mannitol, ascorbic acid, disodium edetate, sodium hydroxide,
tromethamine and hydrochloric acid as a lyophilized powder for dissolving in
solvent. The solvent in the ampoule contains water for injection. The product
license holder and the manufacturer responsible was Roche Products Limited, 6
Falcon Way, Shire Park, Welwyn Garden City, AL7 1TW, United Kingdom.
3.2 Study design for double blind randomised control trial
3.2.1 Research question
In patients with clinically diagnosed subacromial impingement syndrome, does a
single subacromial injection of 20 mg of tenoxicam provide equal benefit
compared to a single subacromial injection of 40 mg of methylprednisolone as
measured by changes in Constant shoulder score at six weeks?
3.2.2 Ethics approval
The study protocol was approved by the local research ethics committee
(Coventry and Warwickshire) and by the Research and Development
Department at the Coventry and Warwickshire hospital. For the use of
tenoxicam as subacromial injection in this study, the clinical trial licence for
doctors (MLA 162, DDX) was obtained from the Medicines Control Agency.
3.2.3 Outcome assessment
3.2.3.1 Primary outcome measure
The primary outcome measure was the Constant Shoulder Score289, devised
by Christopher Constant with help from Alan Murley. The score was first
presented in a university thesis in 1986 and published in 1987. It is a functional
86
assessment score to assess the overall value of a normal, diseased, or treated
shoulder290. In this score, points are allocated for subjective assessments of
pain (15 points) and activities of daily living (20 points), as well as objective
measurements of the range of active shoulder movement (40 points) and
strength of abduction (25 points). A young healthy patient can therefore have a
maximum score of 100 points (Appendix: B).
Assessment for pain is made on the most severe pain felt by the patient during
ordinary activities over a 24-hour period. For activities of daily living, points are
allocated for undisturbed sleep, work and recreational activities and the ability
to functionally use the arm up to a certain level. The 40 points allotted to
movement are divided equally into forward elevation, lateral elevation,
functional external rotation, and functional internal rotation. All the movements
must be painless and active to gain the maximum points. Abduction strength is
recorded at 90 degrees of abduction in the scapular plane, with the wrist
pronated so that the hand is facing the floor. A strap is applied at the level of the
wrist with the arm at maximum span. The strength measurement is repeated
three times, each separated by at least a minute and the maximum value is used
to calculate the score.
At present, Constant score is considered to be the most appropriate score for
assessing overall shoulder function and the European Society for the Surgery
of the Shoulder and the Elbow has agreed that the Constant score should be
used for all presentations to the society and for all communications to the
Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery290.
87
3.2.3.2 Secondary outcome measures
The Disability of the Arm, Shoulder and Hand score (DASH)291 and the
Oxford Shoulder score (OSS)292 were used as secondary outcome measures.
The former is a self-administered region-specific outcome instrument devel-
oped as a measure of self-rated upper-limb disability and symptoms. It
consists primarily of a 30-item disability/ symptom scale, scored 0 (no
disability) to 100. It has been validated and is shown to be useful in assessing
the effectiveness of treatment of the impingement syndrome293,294
(Appendix: C). The OSS is a shoulder-specific self-administered questionnaire
consisting of 12 items scored on a five-point ordinal scale. Scores are summed
to give a single score, with a range from 12 (best) to 60 (worst). It has been
shown to be consistent, valid, reproducible, and sensitive to clinical change292
(Appendix: D).
Patients were also asked about their use of oral analgesia during the study
period, and gave a global assessment of their shoulder condition, rating it as
much better, slightly better, no change, slightly worse or much worse.
3.2.4 Sample size calculation.
A power analysis was used to calculate the required sample size. Patient
numbers were calculated, assuming an approximate normal distribution for
the primary outcome measure with a standard deviation of 12 points, to
detect a minimal clinically important difference of ten points in the Constant
Shoulder score295 between treatment groups at a 5% level of significance with
88
80% power296,297. Allowing for some losses to follow-up (10%), this gave a
minimum sample size of 25 patients for each arm of the trial.
3.2.5 Inclusion criteria.
All patients over the age of 18 years with a clinical diagnosis of subacromial
impingement syndrome as made by an upper limb orthopaedic consultant
based on history and clinical examination were considered eligible to
participate in this study. Clinical features suggestive of subacromial
impingement syndrome were:
• History of pain around the shoulder and/or lateral deltoid area,
which worsened with overhead activity.
• Painful arc of movement on passive and/or active abduction
• Tenderness over the insertion of the cuff
• Positive Neer’s sign9
• Positive Hawkins-Kennedy impingement sign.
Neer’s impingement sign is elicited with the patient seated and the examiner
standing behind the patient. The examiner prevents scapular rotation with one
hand and passively elevates the arm in forced forward elevation, causing the
greater tuberosity to impinge against the acromion and producing pain in
patients with all stages of impingement9. What is commonly referred to as the
Hawkins sign involves passive forward flexion of the arm to 90° and a maximal
internal rotation maneuver that theoretically impinges the rotator cuff and
greater tuberosity against the undersurface of the acromion and the
coracoacromial ligament165. When positive, these signs are often used to make
the diagnosis of impingement syndrome298.
89
All patients had symptoms that had been present for at least three months,
and had already undergone a period of conservative therapy consisting of rest,
physiotherapy and/ or oral anti-inflammatory medications. They all had an
anteroposterior (AP) shoulder radiograph to rule out other causes of
shoulder pain, such as arthritis of the glenohumeral or acromioclavicular
joint. This was a pragmatic trial, designed to mimic the typical presentation of a
patient with an impingement syndrome to an orthopaedic clinic, and therefore
advanced imaging tests such as ultrasound or MRI were not considered as
part of the initial evaluation.
3.2.6 Exclusion criteria
Patients were excluded from the study if any of the following criteria were
present:
• Evidence of other pathology causing shoulder pain, such as arthritis of
glenohumeral or acromioclavicular joints, adhesive capsulitis, fracture
or rotator cuff tear presenting with weakness and muscle wasting.
• Any injection in the same shoulder within the previous six months.
• Previous shoulder surgery on the same side
• Patients taking regular systemic NSAIDs or steroids, or in whom those
drugs were contraindicated.
• If their shoulder condition was currently the subject of any legal
proceedings or insurance claims.
• Pregnant and breastfeeding mothers.
90
3.2.7 Consent
Patients who satisfied the inclusion criteria were approached to participate in
the trial. The study’s purpose, benefits, risks, questionnaires and alternative to
participation were discussed with each patient. All patients recruited into the
trial gave informed consent for participation in the trial. Patients not wishing to
participate were treated according to existing protocols.
3.2.8 Randomisation and preparation of medication.
Random numbers for allocating patients to treatment groups were generated
using a computer program. Before the study started, a set of sealed,
consecutively numbered envelopes containing the random allocation details
for each patient was prepared by colleagues not involved in the study.
The patients were randomised to have either a single injection of 20 mg
tenoxicam mixed with 5 ml 1% lignocaine, or 40 mg methylprednisolone mixed
with 5 ml 1% lignocaine. The researcher prepared the injection and an
independent clinic nurse kept the syringes. When a patient was recruited,
the nurse was instructed to open one sealed envelope according to the
individual patient’s recruitment number. The nurse took one prepared syringe
containing the appropriate injection according to the details inside the
envelope. Two opaque labels were applied to cover the whole syringe body, so
that no other person could identify the medication inside it. It was then
handed back to the researcher ready for injection into the patient’s affected sub-
acromial space by one of the orthopaedic consultants. Throughout the
preparation and follow-up, all patients, outcome assessors and treating
consultants were blinded to the medication used; only the nurse who was
91
responsible for opening the envelope and covering the appropriate syringe with
labels was aware of the treatment allocated. The independent clinic nurse
discarded all unused medication at the end of each clinic.
3.2.9 Procedure.
Following recruitment into the trial, each patient completed the DASH and Oxford
Shoulder score and underwent an evaluation for calculating the Constant score. A
hand-held goniometer was used to measure the active and passive ranges of
motion (ROMs) and the abduction strength was recorded using a Nottingham
Mecmesin Myometer (Atlantech Medical Device Ltd, Harrogate, United
Kingdom).
Upon completion of the initial evaluation, the consultant gave the injection, using a
21-gauge needle with the covered syringe, into the patient’s subacromial bursa via
the anterolateral approach applying an aseptic technique. A reduction in pain of
at least 50% with full active abduction ten minutes after injection (Neer’s
impingement test)9 confirmed accurate placement of the injection in the
subacromial bursa. Patients were advised to take simple analgesia if
required, but to avoid any preparation containing NSAIDs. Everyone had
standardised outpatient physiotherapy provided by an experienced
specialist shoulder physiotherapist which was tailored to meet the needs
of each patient and was aimed at correcting posture, associated muscle
spasm or imbalance, posterior capsular tightness and restoring normal
scapulothoracic movements.
92
All patients were followed up at 14 and 28 days, and the two self-reported
outcome measures (OSS, DASH) were completed via telephone by the
researcher. At six weeks, patients were followed up in the outpatient clinic and
the primary and secondary outcome measures were collected.
3.2.10 Statistical analysis.
This is a study of equivalence between two treatments. Hence, our null
hypothesis was that there was no difference between the treatment groups.
Data on the outcome scores were analysed using the non-parametric Mann-
Whitney U test, and the subjective assessments of pain and shoulder function
were analysed using chi-squared test. A p-value ≤ 0.05 was considered
significant. Box plots expressed the median and the interquartile ranges (IQR)
for each group. Whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR and outliers beyond 1.5
times the IQR are represented as dots.
3.3 Results
CONSORT statement299,300 guidelines were used to report the trial.
3.3.1 Recruitment.
Patients were recruited from a specialist upper limb clinic at the University
Hospital of Coventry and Warwickshire. Over a two-year period, 100 patients
were considered for participation in the study. Forty-two patients were
excluded as they did not meet the criteria, while seven refused to participate.
58 patients who satisfied the inclusion and exclusion criteria and provided
informed consent were enrolled in the study, of which 27 were randomised to
the methylprednisolone group and 31 to the tenoxicam group (Figure 3-3).
93
Figure 3-3: Flow diagram for a randomised control trial comparing a subacromial injection of methylprednisolone to tenoxicam for treating patients with subacromial impingement syndrome
The two groups were comparable with respect to age, gender, duration of
symptoms and the affected side. There were no significant differences in
Assessed for eligibility (n = 100)
58 Randomised
Excluded (n = 42) Not meeting inclusion criteria
(n = 35) Refused to participate (n=7)
Methylprednisolone (n = 27)
Tenoxicam (n = 31)
Lost to follow-up = 1
Analysed = 26 Excluded from analysis
(n = 1) Reason: Lost to follow-up
Lost to follow-up = 1
Analysed = 30 Excluded from analysis
(n = 1) Reason: Lost to follow-up
94
shoulder scores between the two groups before the injection. These data are
summarised in Table 3-2.
Characteristic
Treatment group
Steroid (n=27) Tenoxicam (n=31)
Mean age in years (range) 60 (36-88) 58 (36-75)
Gender (M:F) 16:11 16:15
Mean duration of symptoms in Months (range)
8 (2-12) 10 (2-12)
Side Dominant
Non-dominant 16 11
15 16
Median Constant score (range) 44.0 (18 to 85) 41.5 (25 to 92)
Median DASH score (range) 45.0 (11.7 to 89.2) 36.7 (4.2 to 64.2)
Median Oxford shoulder score (range) 32.5 (21 to 52) 32.0 (17 to 48)
Table 3-2: Study patient baseline characteristics for the Steroid and NSAID groups.
Two patients (one in each group) were lost to follow-up. The remaining 56 were
seen for review six weeks after injection.
3.3.2 Primary outcomes.
The baseline median Constant score for patients treated with steroid was 44
points just before they had their subacromial injection and this improved to
73.5 points at the time of their final review at 6 weeks. For patients treated
with NSAID, the baseline median Constant score was 41.5 points, which
improved to 54 points at six weeks (Table 3-3).
95
Time after injection
Treatment group
Steroid Tenoxicam
0 week 44.0 (33.5 to 65.5) 41.5 (35.5 to 62.5)
6 weeks 73.5 (56.0 to 81.8) 54.0 (36.6 to 74.8)
Table 3-3: Median (interquartile range) of Constant Shoulder score at baseline and six weeks. Patients in the steroid group had significantly higher scores (Mann-Whitney, p = 0.003) than the non-steroidal anti-inflammatory group at six weeks.
Patients in both treatment groups showed an improvement in their Constant
scores six weeks after the injection. The improvement was more pronounced
in the steroid group. The median improvement in the Constant score at six
weeks was 19.5 points (IQR 8.75 to 33) for patients in the steroid group and
6.5 points (IQR -3 to 15.75) for patients in the non-steroidal group (Figure
3-4). This difference was found to be statistically significant (Mann-Whitney,
p = 0.003). In all, 25 of the 26 patients who were followed up in the steroid
group showed an improvement in the Constant score, whereas in the non-
steroid group 21 patients showed an improvement and nine a reduced score
after six weeks.
96
Figure 3-4:Box plot showing median (bold line) and inter-quartile range (box) and outliers (dashed lines and points) for improvement in the Constant Shoulder Score (CSS) at 6 weeks for each group.
3.3.3 Secondary outcomes.
Patients in both treatment groups were contacted by the researcher at 2 weeks
and 4 weeks after the injection and completed the DASH score and the OSS over
the telephone. In addition, they completed both the questionnaires just before
they had their subacromial injections and at the time of final assessment at 6
weeks in the clinic. Patients in the two study groups showed improvement in
both the DASH and the OSS following the injection and this improvement
persisted throughout the study period (Figure 3-5 and Figure 3-6).
97
Figure 3-5: Chart showing changes in the median Disability of Arm Shoulder and Hand (DASH) score from baseline to six weeks for the steroid and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory (NSAID) groups. Patients in the steroid group had significantly better scores than the NSAID group at two, four and six weeks. Bars show the interquartile ranges.
Figure 3-6: Chart showing changes in the median Oxford Shoulder Score (OSS) from baseline to six weeks for the steroid and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory (NSAID) groups. Patients in the steroid group had significantly better scores than the NSAID group at two and four weeks. Bars show the interquartile ranges.
98
Patients in the steroid group showed much greater improvement than patients
in the NSAID group and this difference was found to be significant throughout
the study period at two, four and six weeks after the injection for DASH, while
for OSS the difference was found to be significant at 2 and 4 weeks but did not
reach statistical significance at 6 weeks. The results are given in Table 3-4and
illustrated in Figure 3-5 and Figure 3-6.
Time after injectionScore
Treatment group p-value
Steroid NSAID
2 weeks
DASH 19.6 (11.1 to 28.5) 4.6 (0.2 to 8.4) <0.001*
OSS 13.0 (8.0 to 15.8) 3.5 (1.3 to 10.0) <0.001*
4 weeks
DASH 16.7 (12.5 to 28.8) 6.7 (-0.7 to 15.0) <0.001*
OSS 11.0 (7.0 to 15.8) 4.5 (0.5 to 10.3) 0.003*
6 weeks
DASH 13.3 (3.5 to 26.7) 2.9 (-5.6 to 12.1) 0.020*
OSS 6.0 (2.0 to 14.8) 2.0 (-1.0 to 6.5) 0.055
Table 3-4: Median and inter-quartile ranges for changes in DASH and OSS compared to baseline at 2, 4 and 6 weeks after injection for the steroid and the NSAID groups. * denotes a statistically significant difference
Figure 3-7 plots the trend in DASH score for difference between the two
treatment groups, with 95% confidence intervals; if confidence interval contains
0, then difference between treatments is not significant. Figure 3-8 plots the
same for OSS.
99
Figure 3-7: Changes in DASH score (Steroid – Tenoxicam) at 2, 4 and 6 weeks compared to baseline after injection. Patients in the Steroid group show significantly higher scores than the Tenoxicam group at all occasions.
Figure 3-8: Changes in OSS (Steroid – Tenoxicam) at 2, 4 and 6 weeks compared to baseline after injection. Patients in the Steroid group show significantly higher scores than the Tenoxicam group at 2 and 4 weeks.
100
3.3.4 Subjective assessment.
In the Subjective Categorical Assessment (with one patient lost to follow-
up in each group) more patients in the steroid group (23 of 26) felt that the
injection helped with their pain, compared to the NSAID group (15 of 30) (chi-
squared, p = 0.005). In all, eight patients in the steroid group decided to take
additional oral analgesia during the study period compared with 15 in the
NSAID group; this difference was not significant (chi-squared, p = 0.235). No
patient in either group took supplementary NSAIDs during the study
period. Overall, 12 patients in the steroid group felt their shoulder was much
better, and eight felt it was slightly better than before the injection. In the
NSAID group seven patients reported their shoulder to be much better and
eight thought it was slightly better. In the NSAID group 15 patients reported
their shoulder condition to be either unchanged or slightly worse than
before injection. No adverse events or complications, either locally or sys-
temically, were reported in either group.
3.4 Discussion
This is the first study that directly compared a subacromial injection of
corticosteroid (methylprednisolone) with a subacromial injection of a NSAID
(tenoxicam) in the treatment of subacromial impingement syndrome. NSAIDs
and corticosteroids are among the most commonly used treatments for
subacromial impingement syndrome, but the most effective treatment option
remains to be established. There have been a few high quality RCTs that have
directly compared an injection of corticosteroid with NSAIDs administered
101
orally in the treatment of rotator cuff tendonitis211,212,272, but none evaluated
NSAIDs as a local preparation.
Adebajo et al211 conducted a prospective double-blind placebo-controlled
study comparing triamcinolone hexacetonide injection with oral diclofenac 50
mg every eight hours. At four weeks both treatments were found to be superior
to the placebo in reducing pain, improving active abduction and reducing
functional limitation. They reported that the improvement with
triamcinolone was significantly superior to diclofenac. Petri et al272
compared subacromial triamcinolone injection with oral naproxen in a
randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of 100 patients who had
painful shoulders. They compared outcome using degree of active abduction,
pain, limitation of function, and a clinical index that combined equally weighted
measures of all of these. They concluded that both triamcinolone and naproxen
are superior to placebo in the treatment of the painful shoulder but
triamcinolone was superior to naproxen in providing pain relief. A meta-
analysis by Arroll et al216 came to the conclusion that subacromial injections of
corticosteroids are effective for improvement for rotator cuff tendonitis up to a
9-month period and are also probably more effective than NSAID medication.
White et al212 found that there was no difference in the short-term efficacy
of oral non-steroidal therapy compared to local corticosteroid injection for
treatment of acute rotator cuff tendinitis. They conducted a prospective
double-blind randomised trial comparing a subacromial injection of 40 g of
102
triamcinolone acetonide with oral indomethacin (100 mg/day) in forty
patients. They repeated the injection and offered medication refi ll
after 3 weeks, if necessary. They found no significant difference
between the steroid and the NSAID group at six weeks with respect
to the percentage of patients who improved (60 vs 66%) or the
degree of improvement in pain and range of motion. A systematic
review conducted by the Cochrane collaboration201 also concluded that
although the available evidence from randomised controlled trials supports
the use of subacromial corticosteroid injection for disease of the rotator cuff,
the effect may be small and short-lived and no better than NSAIDs. Therefore,
the available evidence does not conclusively prove that one treatment is
better than the other.
A review of the literature also shows that there is no consensus on the type of
corticosteroid or the NSAID that offers the best efficacy with minimal side effects. There
is a wide spread across the studies in the type, dosage and duration of treatment of
both corticosteroids and NSAIDs used in the management of subacromial
impingement syndrome.
The results of our study suggest that a single subacromial injection of 20 mg
tenoxicam does not have the same efficacy as methylprednisolone in the
treatment of subacromial impingement syndrome, as measured by
improvement in pain and function at six weeks. The difference was significant
even at two weeks after the injection, and was maintained throughout the
103
study period. One possible explanation could be that tenoxicam may have a
shorter duration of action than methylprednisolone. Although, tenoxicam is a
long-acting NSAID with a median half-life of elimination from the body of 72
hours (range 42-100 hours) and its pharmacokinetic properties have been
studied after oral, intramuscular or intravenous routes, no data exists for
local or periarticular injection277,301.
Tenoxicam has been used as a subacromial injection for the treatment of
acute rotator cuff tendinitis in a double-blinded placebo controlled trial of 80
patients by Itzkowitch et al215. They found that locally administered tenoxicam
was effective in alleviating pain and improving shoulder mobility compared
to a placebo at four weeks. In that study patients had weekly injections of
tenoxicam for up to four weeks (at the investigator’s discretion, based on
clinical improvement). They noticed only a short duration for observing a
clinical effect – within one week, about two third of patients showed
improvement. The difference in improvement with the placebo group was
already significant at one week and was observed at every visit but they did not
make comparisons with any current treatment. In our series, the first evaluation
of functional response took place two weeks after injection and may have missed
any therapeutic effect of tenoxicam, simply leaving the placebo effect. In order
to maintain the double-blinded nature of our study, the protocol was based on
our normal practice where patients receive a single subacromial injection of
methylprednisolone and have an outpatient follow-up six weeks later.
104
Yoon et al302 conducted a RCT to determine if intra-articular injections with a
high-dose corticosteroid (triamcinolone acetonide) improves pain and function
in patients with adhesive capsulitis better than a low dose and found no
significant difference between 20mg and 40mg of corticosteroid suggesting that
corticosteroid may not produce a dose-dependent effect. Hence, although
tenoxicam was not found to be as effective as corticosteroid for the treatment of
subacromial impingement pain, further investigations may be needed to
determine the dose, frequency and volume of tenoxicam that will provide the
optimum effect with the fewest complications.
Studies have demonstrated postural, kinematic, and muscle changes to directly
or indirectly alter the subacromial space dimension and relationships to the
structures within the subacromial space leading to subacromial impingement
syndrome303. These multiple factors are typically present in some combination,
as opposed to a single factor like inflammation. The difference in treatment
effects for corticosteroid and NSAIDs may be due to their different
pharmacological mechanisms. Corticosteroids are potent anti-inflammatory
and pain modulating drugs and may act through both local and systemic
mechanisms. With pharmacologic actions on virtually every tissue,
corticosteroid not only relieves pain but may also exert a positive influence on
the patients’ mood273. NSAIDs, are only likely to be able to reduce
inflammation and alleviate pain, with no effect on the general wellbeing of the
patient.
105
Local injections of corticosteroids can have potentially serious side effects.
Corticosteroids are known to inhibit collagen synthesis, delay tendon healing
and can cause late tendon ruptures219,269. They are shown to cause tendon
atrophy on histologic studies220. Importantly for the surgeon, there is evidence
to support that a series of more than three preoperative injections of
corticosteroids are associated with decreased suture pull-out strength, weaker
rotator cuff repair, and increased rate of failure of the rotator cuff repairs304,305.
Therefore, Blair et al recommended that, at most, two subacromial injections of
corticosteroids be given267.
As far as we are aware local injections of NSAIDs have not been associated with
clinically significant changes in cartilage or soft tissue. Animal studies where
NSAIDs have been administered intra-articularly did not show significant
cartilaginous changes306,307. A study by Dingle shows that NSAIDs have variable
effects on the matrix of human articular cartilage but the oxicam group of
NSAIDs appear to have no significant effect on collagen matrix synthesis308.
Histologic and basic science studies in vitro have shown varying results when
evaluating the effects of NSAIDs on tendon histopathology but these results have
not been extrapolated to the clinical setting309,310.
This study has some limitations. The endpoint in our analysis was at 6
weeks, which is a relatively short observation period compared with the
course and treatment for subacromial impingement, which continues for a
longer time and patients could have multiple injections during their
106
treatment. The follow-up in the present study was limited to six weeks and
consequently the results do not address long-term outcome or the
occurrence of adverse events, although a study by Cummins et al on the
temporal outcomes of non-operative treatment for impingement syndrome,
suggests that the outcome at six weeks following a subacromial injection can
predict the long-term outcome311. Moreover, in our study the results were
significantly different at two weeks and remained so at four and six weeks. A
longer follow-up is highly unlikely to come to a different conclusion.
The diagnosis of subacromial impingement syndrome was made clinically
with plain radiographs of the shoulder taken to rule out other causes of
shoulder pain. Specifically, advanced imaging modalities like ultrasound or
MRI were not used to make the diagnosis of impingement syndrome or to
exclude the presence of a rotator cuff tear. This could be considered as a
limitation of the study but Gartsman312 has stated that impingement
syndrome is a clinical diagnosis. He described that impingement syndrome
may exist in the presence of a clear well defined subacromial space and the
diagnosis of subacromial impingement is therefore made on clinical
examination312. Likewise, only patients with muscle wasting and weakness
on clinical examination were considered to have a rotator cuff tear and
excluded from the trial. We acknowledge that this may not have identified
everyone with a tear especially those with partial thickness tears. Moreover,
when injecting the subacromial space, we used immediate improvement in
shoulder pain (Neer’s injection test9) as an indicator of accurate placement.
Some studies have shown a high incidence of non-bursal injections of the
107
shoulder when the injections are administered blind313,314. Use of an advanced
imaging technology like ultrasound guidance would have been a more accurate
method of injection. Other studies have shown that blind injection into the
subacromial bursa is as reliable as USG-guided injection and could therefore be
used in daily routine315,316.
The current study was designed as a pragmatic and not an explanatory trial.
Explanatory trials are aimed to find out how and why an intervention works
and therefore should be performed under strictly standardized conditions.
Pragmatic studies do not assess the efficacy of treatment protocols but
assess the question of whether the treatments work in a real-life setting and
so, the intervention can be less strictly defined and can be adapted to the
clinician’s discretion317. The other limitation was in excluding patients who
were taking regular oral NSAIDs from the trial. Many patients with
subacromial impingement may be taking NSAIDs, which would have excluded
them from this study, making it difficult to extrapolate the results to all
patients seen in clinical practice.
3.5 Conclusion
In our group of patients with subacromial impingement syndrome, a single
subacromial corticosteroid injection of 40 mg of methylprednisolone provided
a significantly better outcome than a single injection of 20 mg of tenoxicam
when shoulder function was assessed at two, four and six weeks. Both
methylprednisolone and tenoxicam injected locally are found to be safe and well
tolerated. Immediately following the injection, both groups experienced a
108
significant reduction in shoulder pain indicating accurate placement of the
injection in subacromial bursa. Subacromial corticosteroid injection could be
used as a short-term therapy in the management of subacromial impingement
syndrome.
109
Chapter 4 Ultrasound dimensions of the rotator cuff in
asymptomatic young healthy adult shoulders
Summary:
In this chapter, the use of ultrasonography for diagnosing rotator cuff pathology is
explored. This chapter describes an observational study to define the dimensions of
the supraspinatus and other rotator cuff tendons in an asymptomatic young adult
population using ultrasound and compare it with their contralateral shoulder. The
study also looks for correlations with gender, height, weight and hand dominance.
Declarations:
The ultrasonography protocol was written with the help of Dr Santosh Rai
(Consultant Musculoskeletal Radiologist). Dr Santosh Rai and Dr Richard Wellings
made shoulder assessments. Data collected by the candidate. Statistical advice
given by Dr Helen Parsons.
This work has been published
Karthikeyan S, Rai SB, Parsons H, Drew SD, Smith CD, Griffin DR: Ultrasound
dimensions of the rotator cuff in young healthy adults. Published in J Shoulder
Elbow Surg. 2014 Aug 23(8):1107-1112.
This work has been presented
The normal ultrasound dimensions of the rotator cuff in healthy young adults.
British Elbow and Shoulder Society 2012 Torquay 15th June 2012
110
4.1 Introduction
4.1.1 Ultrasound
Ultrasound refers to sound waves with a frequency greater than the upper limit
of the human hearing range. The commonly accepted range of human hearing is
20 Hz to 20 kHz, although it varies between individuals based on their age, the
general condition of their ear and nervous system318. This range narrows during
life with the upper frequency limit being reduced as we grow older319.
Ultrasound devices are used in various fields and can operate with frequencies
ranging from 20 kHz up to several gigahertz (GHz) (Figure 4-1).
Figure 4-1: Frequencies of sound waves and their applications
In manufacturing and industry, ultrasound allows non-destructive testing of
structures and products, where it is used to detect invisible flaws. It can be used
to detect objects and measure distances (sonar). In the wild, animals like bats
and whales use ultrasound to locate preys and negotiate obstacles. Ultrasound is
used for medical imaging, where it is used both in veterinary medicine and
human medicine. Ultrasound also has therapeutic applications and has been
used by physical and occupational therapists to treat soft tissue conditions like
tendonitis, muscle strains and ligament sprains. Focused high power ultrasound
111
pulses can be used to treat cataracts by phacoemulsification or break calculi like
renal and gall stones in a process called lithotripsy.
4.1.2 Ultrasonography
Ultrasonography (USG) or sonography is a diagnostic imaging technique to
visualise internal body structures like muscles, tendons, blood vessels and
internal organs using ultrasound. Pulses of ultrasound waves are sent from a
probe (transducer) into the tissue to be examined. Some of these sound waves
are reflected by the tissues, which are captured and displayed as an image. The
vast majority of musculoskeletal USG images are produced on a simple grey scale
i.e. in a black and white format, where each white dot on the image represents a
reflected sound wave. Sound waves are examples of mechanical waves and
therefore the denser a material, the more reflective it is and the whiter it appears
on the screen. For example, cortical bone is dense and appears white while water
which allows sound waves to pass through it and therefore is the least reflective
material in the body, appears black on the image320. Advanced USG techniques
like colour and power Doppler imaging are used in the assessment of vascular
tissues and produce colour images based on the degree of blood flow to the
tissues.
Musculoskeletal ultrasound has become an established imaging technique for the
diagnosis and follow-up of patients with soft tissue pathology over the last two
decades320. Seltzer first described ultrasound as a promising new method for
detecting intra-articular effusions of the shoulder after he used it on six rhesus
monkeys185. Recent technological advances resulting in faster computers and
112
higher frequency transducers have made ultrasonography a widely used
diagnostic tool. Besides looking at muscles, tendons and ligaments, it can also be
used to detect fluid collection and to visualise structures such as cartilage and
bone surfaces in a joint321,322. Although, USG itself is non-invasive, it can be used
for guidance when performing invasive procedures like aspiration, injection or
biopsy.
4.1.3 Transducers
Transducers come in different shapes and sizes. A linear probe uses high
frequency waves to create high-resolution images of structures near the body
surface. This makes it ideal for musculoskeletal and vascular imaging. A
curvilinear probe uses lower frequency ultrasound, which penetrates deep and
provides a wide depth of field. These probes are used for viewing intra-
abdominal structures. Phased array probes produce a large depth of field with a
small footprint, allowing visualization of deep structures through a small
acoustic window. This makes it ideal for examination of thoracic cavity as
ultrasound waves are passed between the ribs.
The size of transducer footprint (area of the transducer in contact with the
surface of the skin) is critical for the area to be examined and the examination
technique itself. A probe with a smaller footprint may be advantageous when
using USG in uneven areas or negotiating convex/concave body surfaces as it
provides better contact between the probe and the skin. If the footprint is too
small vision can become “tunneled”, whereas a larger footprint can give a wider
picture and improved lateral resolution323.
When using ultrasound, a compromise had to be found between image
113
resolution and the depth of penetration of tissues. High frequency transducers
(7.5 – 20 MHz) produce better spatial resolution but their depth of penetrance is
shallower than a lower frequency transducer (3.5 – 5 MHz). In-plane spatial
resolutions of 0.2 – 0.4 mm can be achieved employing transducers with
frequencies in the range 9–13 MHz, which is even higher than the spatial
resolution of some MR sequences324.
Therefore, selection of an appropriate transducer is based on the structures of
interest for the study and the type of examination planned. In general, high
frequency linear transducers are best to obtain high quality, high-resolution
images of superficial structures like tendons and ligaments.
4.1.4 Ultrasonography in shoulder
Ultrasonography has many advantages, which make it an attractive modality for
the evaluation of rotator cuff – it is portable, quicker, relatively inexpensive, uses
non-ionising radiation and is non-invasive, all of which contributes to high
patient satisfaction. Besides, the “real time” capability of USG allows dynamic
assessment of muscle, tendon and joint movements, which may offer an
advantage over static examinations like MRI in detecting subtle structural
abnormalities. There are no known risks to the patient from ultrasound when
properly performed. But, USG is the most operator dependent imaging modality.
Therefore, the value of any information obtained by USG is highly dependent on
the experience and expertise of the examiner320. Operator inexperience can lead
to incorrect acquisition and interpretation of images.
114
For the diagnosis of full-thickness tears alone, Ultrasound has shown to be
accurate with high sensitivity and specificity (92-94%) comparable to that of the
much more costly and invasive Magnetic Resonance Arthrogram (MRA)162,184.
Authors of a recent Cochrane review have concluded that MRI, MRA and USG
have good diagnostic accuracy and any of these tests could equally be used for
detection of full thickness tears in people with shoulder pain for whom surgery
is being considered162. The same authors have found that both MRI and USG may
have poor sensitivity for detecting partial thickness tears, and the sensitivity of
USG may be much lower than that of MRI with USG having a sensitivity of only
52% (95% CI 33% to 70%)162. Although, other studies have shown higher
sensitivities (66-84%) and specificities (89-93.5%), they are still inferior to that
of MRA in diagnosing partial-thickness tears184,187.
Figure 4-2: Transverse view of a normal supraspinatus tendon on ultrasound showing the different tissue layers (source: www.radiopaedia.org).
Several sonographic criteria have been described to correctly diagnose rotator
cuff tears by Ultrasound196,325. For full-thickness tears these are relatively
straightforward and may include non-visualisation of the rotator cuff or a focal
tendon defect196. For partial-thickness tears, flattening of the bursal surface may
indicate a bursal side partial-thickness tear, while a distinct hypoechoic or mixed
hyper- and hypoechoic defect at the articular surface may indicate an articular
side partial-thickness tear326. In 80% of patients with partial thickness tears, an
115
abnormal hypoechoic area was seen within the supraspinatus tendon196. Other
authors have described associated secondary signs like greater tuberosity
cortical irregularity196,327,328 or fluid within the subacromial-subdeltoid bursa
and joint effusion196,329,330, which may be of help in diagnosing difficult cuff tears.
Figure 4-3: USG image showing an enlarged SASD bursa with normal supraspinatus tendon
Figure 4-4: USG images (transverse and sagittal) showing an articular sided partial thickness tear of the supraspinatus tendon.
Figure 4-5: USG images (transverse and sagittal) showing a full thickness tear of the supraspinatus tendon
116
Thinning of the affected tendon is one criteria that is often used to diagnose a
rotator cuff tear (full-thickness and partial-thickness) 163,195-197,331,332. It is based
on the assumption that the normal dimensions of the rotator cuff are known and
a decrease in tendon thickness can be visualised. Although there is an abundance
of literature on the pathological appearances and frequencies of rotator cuff
pathology, a detailed review of the literature has revealed no previous studies
looking at the cuff dimensions in a young healthy population using
ultrasonography. Specifically, we could not find any study that explored any
association of the subjects’ gender, hand dominance, weight, height or other
muscle dimension with their rotator cuff measurements. Defining the
parameters for the normal rotator cuff will create a knowledge base and help
clinicians to make a comparison between normal and pathological cuff.
I designed an observational study to measure the normal ultrasound dimensions
of the rotator cuff.
4.2 Study design
4.2.1 Aim
The aim of this study is to define the dimensions of the supraspinatus and other
rotator cuff tendons in a healthy young adult population using ultrasound and to
compare it with their contralateral shoulder. Correlations with gender, height,
weight, hand dominance and other muscle dimensions will also be explored to
see if there is a relationship.
117
4.2.2 Ethics approval
The study was reviewed and approved by the Biomedical Research Ethics
Committee of Warwick Medical School (Appendix: E).
4.2.3 Recruitment
Flyers and letters were distributed among the staff and students of Warwick
Medical School detailing the study and inviting them to participate (Appendix: F).
The first sixty volunteers (thirty males and thirty females) who responded to the
invite and who fulfilled the eligibility criteria formed the study population.
4.2.4 Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
All healthy adults (over 18 years) under the age of forty years, who had no
significant medical conditions and had no shoulder problems, were considered
eligible to participate in the study. Anyone with significant co-morbidities or
who had undergone previous shoulder surgery was excluded. Volunteers who
have or have had pain in their shoulder or who were limited in their daily
activities due to shoulder problems in the preceding four weeks were also
considered ineligible to participate in the study.
4.2.5 Consent
Each volunteer who expressed an interest was given a detailed information sheet
(Appendix: G) about the study. This provided the background, objective, the
benefits and potential risks involved in participating in the study. It was made
clear that the study was entirely voluntary and that they are free to withdraw
from it at any time without reason or an explanation. They were given
opportunities to clarify any doubts they had about the study with the
investigators. Once they were completely satisfied and expressed their interest
118
to proceed with the study, they were asked to sign a consent form (Appendix: H).
They then underwent an ultrasound assessment of both shoulders in a private
consultation room by a musculoskeletal radiologist.
4.2.6 Methods
Demographic details including age, height, weight, hand dominance, sports
activities, co-morbidities, smoking and drinking habits were collected for each
individual. As the results of USG are highly dependent on the expertise of the
examiner, a single experienced Consultant musculoskeletal radiologist (Dr
Santosh Rai, Consultant Radiologist at University Hospitals Coventry and
Warwickshire NHS Trust, Coventry) who routinely performs ultrasound
assessment of shoulders carried out all the measurements.
Both shoulders were scanned in each individual sequentially. A GE Logiq E9 (GE
Healthcare, Chalfont St.Giles, United Kingdom) ultrasound scanner with a 10 – 15
MHz linear array transducer was used for all assessments. The scan was
performed with the subject in the upright (seated) position facing the examiner.
The subject could follow the ultrasound assessment on the screen, which
enhanced their co-operation for the study. The shoulder and the whole upper
limb were exposed allowing free movement at the shoulder joint during the
examination. There is an infinite variety of potential ultrasound techniques
described in the literature. We used a standardized examination protocol
starting with an examination of the acromioclavicular joint and continued with
transverse and longitudinal scans of each of the following structures.
119
The following structures were visualised in sequence and measurements were
taken as described for each structure. To minimise bias, all measurements were
taken with reference to bony landmarks.
1. Tendon of long head of biceps
2. Subscapularis
3. Supraspinatus
4. Subacromial bursa
5. Infraspinatus
6. Deltoid
4.2.6.1 Biceps tendon
The biceps tendon was examined first with the patient placing their hand on the
knee, elbow flexed to 90 degrees and the forearm resting in a supine position on
the lap. The tendon of the long head of biceps is visualised in the intertubercular
groove under the transverse humeral ligament in both transverse and
longitudinal sections. The tendon is followed proximally through the rotator cuff
interval towards its attachment on the glenoid tubercle and the superior labrum
to rule out any pathology like tendon tears or subluxation. The thickness of
biceps tendon was measured at its maximum in the transverse view at the
highest point of the groove (Figure 4-6).
120
Figure 4-6: Biceps Transverse section
4.2.6.2 Subscapularis
To visualise subscapularis, the arm is kept in the same position as above and is
externally rotated. This pulls the attachment of the subscapularis tendon
allowing the tendon to be traced both longitudinally and transversely.
Assessments can be made for tendinopathy or tears of the tendon and
subluxation of the biceps tendon at this stage. Dynamic assessment of the tendon
integrity can also be made. With the arm in external rotation, the thickness of the
subscapularis tendon was measured just medial to its insertion at the lesser
tuberosity (Figure 4-7).
121
Figure 4-7: Thickness of subscapularis tendon
4.2.6.3 Supraspinatus
The supraspinatus tendon is best demonstrated with the arm placed behind the
back leaving the shoulder in extension and internal rotation, the so called
reaching to get wallet from back pocket or scratching between shoulder blade
positions. The normal rotator cuff is slightly hyperechoic when compared to the
overlying deltoid muscle and assumes a convex curvilinear course when it
passes over the humeral head and flattens out as it inserts over the greater
tuberosity. The tendon was imaged in both transverse and longitudinal planes
with particular emphasis on the distal attachment as most tears occur in this
region.
The maximal medio-lateral width of supraspinatus footprint at its insertion was
measured in the coronal view of the tendon (Figure 4-8). Two further
measurements were made to assess the thickness of supraspinatus tendon in the
same view. The first was made at the medial edge of footprint and the second, at
122
mid-point of the footprint (Figure 4-8). In addition, the thickness of
supraspinatus tendon on the sagittal view was done at a fixed-point 15mm
posterior to the biceps tendon (Figure 4-9).
Figure 4-8: Maximum width of footplate (1) and thickness of supraspinatus at the medial edge of footplate (2) and at the middle of footplate (3)
Figure 4-9: Thickness of supraspinatus tendon in the sagittal plane
4.2.6.4 Subacromial subdeltoid (SASD) bursa
The thickness of the subacromial subdeltoid bursa was measured on the coronal
view in the same plane as the thickness of the supraspinatus tendon (Figure
4-10). It is normally seen as a single thin hyperechoic line running parallel to the
123
supraspinatus tendon superiorly. Any abnormality like thickening of bursa or
bursitis when the hyperechoic line is separated by hypoechoic fluid is noted.
Figure 4-10: SASD Bursa
4.2.6.5 Infraspinatus and Deltoid
Infraspinatus is best visualised by asking the subject to reach across and hold
their contralateral shoulder with their arms across the chest. Infraspinatus
tendon thickness was measured at the level of the posterior border of the
acromion (Figure 4-11) and thickness of deltoid muscle was measured at the
antero-lateral edge of acromion (Figure 4-12).
Figure 4-11: Infraspinatus
124
Figure 4-12: Deltoid
4.2.7 Statistical analysis
Differences in measurements between genders and hand dominance were
determined by performing t-tests. Due to the low numbers of left-handed
participants; arms are classed as “dominant” – the right arm for right-handed
participants and the left arm for left-handed participants – or “non-dominant” –
the left arm for right-handed participants and the right arm for left-handed
participants. For comparisons of arms for each participant (i.e. comparing
dominant and non-dominant arms), paired t-tests have been conducted. For
comparisons of arms between genders (i.e. comparing dominant arms of men
and women) a two-sample t-test was conducted. Pearson’s correlation
coefficient was calculated to measure the strength of association between the
tendon measurements and the height and weight of the individuals. Differences
were considered significant at the 5% level.
4.2.7.1 Correction for multiple testing
Multiple testing refers to the simultaneous testing of more than one hypotheses
with a given dataset. The main problem with multiple testing is that, when many
125
statistical tests are performed, some will return p values less than 0.05 purely by
chance, even if all the null hypotheses are really true. Therefore, with each
additional test the probability increases for a researcher to wrongly accept that
there is at least one statistically significant result across a set of tests, even when
there is no real difference.
Adjustments for making multiple comparisons in large bodies of data are
recommended to avoid rejecting the null hypothesis too readily. Although many
methods have been described333,334, one of the basic and popular fixes to this
problem is to apply the Bonferroni correction335. This method adjusts the p value
at which a test is considered to show significance based on the total number of
tests being performed. The corrected p value is calculated as the original p value
divided by the number of tests being performed.
By changing the p value needed to reject the null hypothesis, the Bonferroni
correction reduces the number of instances where the null hypothesis appears to
be rejected. Although this reduces the number of false rejections, it also
increases the number of instances where the null hypothesis is not rejected
when in fact it should have been. Bonferroni correction directly targets the Type
1 error problem, but it does so at the expense of Type 2 error.
Technological advances have made it easier to generate large datasets for
exploratory analysis, leading to large numbers of hypotheses being tested with
no prior basis for expecting many of the hypotheses to be true. In this scenario,
high false positive rates are expected unless multiple comparisons adjustments
126
are made336. But, it has been argued that use of multiple testing corrections is an
inefficient way to perform empirical research, as they control false positives at
the potential expense of many more false negatives337.
Therefore, in different branches of science, multiple testing is handled in
different ways337. Bender and Lange338 are of the view that such a rigorous
assessment is strictly required only in confirmatory studies. A study is
considered as confirmatory if the goal of the trial is the definitive proof of a
predefined key hypothesis for final decision making. On the other hand, in
exploratory studies such as ours, in which data are collected with an objective
but not with a pre-specified key hypothesis, multiple test adjustments are not
strictly required. They recommend that data of exploratory studies be analyzed
without multiplicity adjustment. The present study was an exploratory one and
corrections for multiple testing were not applied.
4.2.7.2 Inter and Intra-observer agreement
Results of USG examination are known to be operator dependent. Therefore, to
ensure that the measurements are reproducible, repeat measurements were
taken in a random subset of participants (5 men and 5 women, Total-10), both by
the initial observer (4 weeks after first measurement) and a second observer who
was also an experienced Consultant musculo-skeletal radiologist (Dr Richard
Wellings, Consultant Radiologist, University Hospitals Coventry and
Warwickshire NHS Trust). From these measurements, Bland-Altman plots were
constructed to measure intra and inter-observer agreement.
127
4.2.7.3 Bland-Altman plots
The Bland-Altman plot is a graphical method to compare two measurements
technique. The Bland-Altman plot may also be used to assess the repeatability of
a method by comparing repeated measurements using one single method on a
series of subjects or to compare measurements by two observers. In this
graphical method, the differences between the two techniques are plotted
against the averages of the two techniques. Horizontal lines are drawn at the
mean difference, and at the limits of agreement, which are defined as the mean
difference plus and minus 1.96 times the standard deviation of the differences. It
is expected that the 95% limits include 95% of differences between the two
measurements or measurement methods. The original Bland-Altman publication
has been cited on more than 11,500 occasions-compelling evidence of its
importance in medical research339.
4.3 Results
A total of one hundred and twenty shoulders from sixty participants (thirty male
and thirty female) were scanned. Fifty-five participants were right hand
dominant and five participants were left hand dominant. Participants’ age,
height, weight and hand dominance are shown in Table 4-1.
128
PARTICIPANT CHARACTERISTICS FEMALES (n=30) MALES (n=30)
Mean age in years (range) 26.7 (21 - 39) 29.9 (23 - 39)
Mean height in metres (range) 1.63 (1.50 – 1.78) 1.80 (1.70 – 1.95)
Mean weight in kilograms (range) 60.6 (45 - 77) 81.4 (67 - 100)
Mean BMI in kg/m2 (range) 24.96 (17 - 31) 22.73 (22 - 33)
Hand dominance (n) Right handed 28 27
Left handed 2 3
Table 4-1: Study participant characteristics by gender
Both male and female participants were similar in age. Males were taller and
heavier than females, but their BMI were similar. Very few individuals in either
group were left hand dominant.
4.3.1 Rotator Cuff Measurements
The mean maximum medio-lateral width of supraspinatus insertion onto the
humerus in the coronal plane (footprint) was 14.9 mm in males and 13.5 mm in
females (Table 4-2). The mean thickness of the supraspinatus tendon varied from
4.9 mm in females to 5.6 mm in males at the medial edge of its insertion and
between 3.6 to 4.2 mm at the mid-point of its insertion. Table 4-2 presents the
mean ± standard deviation (sd) and range for each muscle measurement,
separately for male and female participants by hand dominance. All
measurements are in millimetres.
129
VARIABLE
FEMALE (n=30) MALE (n=30)
Dominant
Arm
Non-
dominant
Arm
Dominant
Arm
Non-
dominant
Arm
Subscapularis 3.80± 0.46
(2.8 – 4.7)
3.84 ± 0.5
(2.9 -4.9)
4.40± 0.77
(2.8 – 6.1)
4.39 ±0.74
(2.9 – 6.1)
Supraspinatus Coronal
view-Medial edge of
FP
5.02 ± 0.59
(3.9 – 6.4)
4.75 ± 0.71
(3.3 – 6.3)
5.77 ± 0.89
(4.6 – 8.2)
5.32 ± 0.82
(4.2 – 7.6)
Supraspinatus Coronal
view-Middle of FP
3.74 ± 0.53
(2.6 – 4.8)
3.47 ± 0.5
(2.4 – 4.4)
4.31 ± 0.72
(3.1 – 6.0)
4.0 ± 0.78
(2.7 - 6.4)
Supraspinatus Coronal
view-Max width of FP
13.43 ± 1.22
(11.3 – 16.6)
13.52 ± 1.25
(11.6 – 15.4)
14.91 ± 1.54
(12.1 – 18.8)
14.88 ± 1.51
(11.5 – 18.3)
Supraspinatus sagittal
view
4.74 ± 0.59
(3.6 – 6.1)
4.47 ± 0.57
(3.7 – 5.9)
5.2 ± 1.03
(3.8 – 8.1)
4.99 ± 0.88
(3.8 – 7.0)
Infraspinatus4.4 ± 0.44
(3.6-5.2)
4.32 ± 0.49
(3.5-5.5)
4.85 ± 0.63
(3.8-6.2)
4.93 ± 0.73
(3.4-6.4)
Biceps tendon 2.94 ± 0.38
(2.2 – 3.9)
2.89 ± 0.37
(2.3 – 4.2)
3.43 ± 0.42
(2.6 – 4.2)
3.27 ± 0.58
(2.2 – 4.6)
Deltoid muscle6.05 ± 0.79
(4.6 – 8.0)
5.92 ± 0.86
(4.8 – 8.8)
7.12 ± 0.81
(5.4 – 8.8)
7.09 ± 0.97
(5.4 – 9.8)
SASD bursa1.00 ± 0.22
(6 – 1.5)
0.88 ± 0.18
(6 – 1.3)
1.18 ± 0.26
(8 -1.7)
1.14 ± 0.28
(7 – 1.8)
Table 4-2: Descriptive statistics for the average (mean ± sd) measurements for both male and female participants in the study. The range for each measurement is shown in parentheses. All measurements are in millimetres. FP-Footprint; SASD-Subacromial subdeltoid
130
4.3.1.1 Subscapularis tendon
Boxplots of the measurements for the subscapularis tendon in males and females
are shown below in Figure 4-13. Here it can be seen that on average, the male
subscapularis tendon is longer than the female for both dominant and non-
dominant arms. It can also be seen that for both male and female measurements,
the dominant and non-dominant arms have similar mean lengths.
Figure 4-13: Boxplots of measurements for thickness of subscapularis tendon. Bold line represents the median; box represents the interquartile range (IQR) and the whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR
Table 4-3 below shows that the t-tests show a significant difference only for the
inter-gender dominant and non-dominant arms. There was no significant
difference between the dominant and the non-dominant arms with in the same
gender.
Male
D
om
inan
t
Male
N
on D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
N
on D
om
inan
t
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
Su
bsc
ap
ten
do
n m
easure
me
nt
131
Comparison Average Difference p value Measured values
Male: dominant v non-dominant arm 0.007 0.9428 4.40 vs 4.39
Female: dominant v non-dominant arm -0.043 0.5904 3.80 vs 3.84
Dominant arm: male v female 0.60 0.0006* 4.40 vs 3.80
Non-dominant arm: male v female 0.55 0.0014* 4.39 vs 3.84
Table 4-3: t-test results for the differences in subscapularis tendon thickness measurements. Differences are reported as the mean of the first variable minus the mean of the second variable for non-paired tests and mean of the differences for paired tests. *denotes significance
4.3.1.2 Supraspinatus at medial edge of footprint
Figure 4-14: Boxplots of measurements for supraspinatus tendon thickness at the medial edge of the footprint on coronal view. Bold line represents the median; box represents the interquartile range (IQR) and the whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR
Figure 4-14 shows the boxplots of the measurements for thickness of the
supraspinatus tendon at the medial edge of the footprint on the coronal view. It
can be seen that on average, the muscle thickness on the male dominant arm is
Male
D
om
inan
t
Male
N
on D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
N
on D
om
inan
t
40
50
60
70
80
Sup
rasp
inatu
s C
oro
nal M
edia
l me
asu
rem
en
t
132
the largest measurement. Table 4-4 below shows that the differences between
the dominant and non-dominant arms of both male and female participants are
statistically significant. It also shows that the inter-gender variations for both
dominant and non-dominant arms are also statistically significant, although the
differences are very small.
Comparison Average difference p value Measured values
Male: dominant v non-dominant arm 0.45 0.0026* 5.77 vs 5.32
Female: dominant v non-dominant arm 0.27 0.0050* 5.02 vs 4.75
Dominant arm: male v female 0.75 0.0004* 5.77 vs 5.02
Non-dominant arm: male v female 0.57 0.0053* 5.32 vs 4.75
Table 4-4: t-test results for the differences in measurements of supraspinatus tendon thickness at medial edge of the footprint. Differences are reported as the mean of the first variable minus the mean of the second variable for non-paired tests and mean of the differences for paired tests. *denotes significance
4.3.1.3 Supraspinatus tendon at middle of the footprint
Figure 4-15: Boxplots of the measurements of the supraspinatus tendon measurements at the middle of the footprint. Bold line represents the median; box represents the interquartile range (IQR) and the whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR
Male
D
om
inan
t
Male
N
on D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
N
on D
om
inan
t
30
40
50
60
Sup
rasp
inatu
s C
oro
nal M
iddle
me
asu
rem
en
t
133
Figure 4-15 shows the boxplots of the measurements for thickness of the
supraspinatus tendon at the middle of the footprint on the coronal view, similar
to the measurements above (Section 4.3.1.2), on average the muscle on the male
dominant arm is the longest measurement and that the muscle measurement is
smaller in women as opposed to men.
As before, Table 4-5 below shows that the differences between the dominant and
non-dominant arms of both male and female participants are statistically
significant. It also shows that the variations for both dominant and non-
dominant arms between the two sexes are also statistically significant, although
the differences are very small.
Comparison Average difference p value Measured values
Male: dominant v non-dominant arm 0.31 0.0220* 4.31 vs 4.0
Female: dominant v non-dominant arm 0.27 0.0073* 3.74 vs 3.47
Dominant arm: male v female 0.57 0.0011* 4.31 vs 3.74
Non-dominant arm: male v female 0.53 0.0031* 4.0 vs 3.47
Table 4-5: t-test results for the differences in supraspinatus tendon measurements at the middle of the footprint. Differences are reported as the mean of the first variable minus the mean of the second variable for non-paired tests and mean of the differences for paired tests. *denotes significance
4.3.1.4 Supraspinatus tendon on sagittal view
Figure 4-16 shows the boxplots of the measurements for the thickness of
supraspinatus tendon on sagittal view, where on average the tendon thickness
has no differences between arms in men, but is smallest in the non-dominant
arm in women. Table 4-6 shows that all these differences are statistically
significant except for the difference between the dominant and the non-
dominant arms in men. However, all these differences were very small.
134
Figure 4-16: Boxplots of the measurements for supraspinatus thickness on sagittal view. Bold line represents the median; box represents the interquartile range (IQR) and the whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR
Comparison Average difference p value Measured values
Male: dominant v non-dominant arm 0.21 0.1295 5.20 vs 4.99
Female: dominant v non-dominant arm 0.26 0.0069* 4.74 vs 4.47
Dominant arm: male v female 0.46 0.0388* 5.20 vs 4.74
Non-dominant arm: male v female 0.52 0.0093* 4.99 vs 4.47
Table 4-6: t-test results for the differences in supraspinatus thickness measurements on sagittal view. Differences are reported as the mean of the first variable minus the mean of the second variable for non-paired tests and mean of the differences for paired tests. *denotes significance
4.3.1.5 Supraspinatus Footplate Maximum dimension
Figure 4-17 shows the boxplots for measurements of the maximum dimension of
the footplate on sagittal view. Here, it can be seen that the measurements within
each gender are approximately similar, but the female measurements are, on
average, shorter than the male. Table 4-7 confirms that the inter-gender
differences are not statistically significant, but the intra-gender differences are.
Male
D
om
inan
t
Male
N
on D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
N
on D
om
inan
t
40
50
60
70
80
Sup
rasp
ina
tus
sagitt
al m
easu
rem
en
t
135
Figure 4-17: Boxplots of measurements for the maximum footplate dimension of the supraspinatus. Bold line represents the median; box represents the interquartile range (IQR) and the whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR
Comparison Average difference p value Measured values
Male: dominant v non-dominant arm 0.03 0.8668 14.91 vs 14.88
Female: dominant v non-dominant arm -0.09 0.6067 13.43 vs 13.52
Dominant arm: male v female 1.48 0.0001* 14.91 vs 13.43
Non-dominant arm: male v female 1.36 0.0004* 14.88 vs 13.52
Table 4-7: t-test results for the differences in maximum footplate dimension measurements. Differences are reported as the mean of the first variable minus the mean of the second variable for non-paired tests and mean of the differences for paired tests. *denotes significance
4.3.1.6 Infraspinatus
Boxplots of the infraspinatus measurements are shown in Figure 4-18 below.
Here, it can be seen that the measurements within both male and female
participants are similar, but the measurements in the female participants are
generally shorter than the male measurements. T-tests (see Table 4-8) show that
the differences, which are statistically significant, are between men and women
for both dominant and non-dominant arms.
Male
D
om
inan
t
Male
N
on D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
N
on D
om
inan
t
120
14
01
60
18
0
Coro
na
l Foo
tpla
te m
axi
mu
m m
ea
sure
me
nt
136
Figure 4-18: Boxplots of the infraspinatus measurement. Bold line represents the median; box represents the interquartile range (IQR) and the whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR
Comparison Average difference p value Measured values
Male: dominant v non-dominant arm -0.09 0.4356 4.85 vs 4.93
Female: dominant v non-dominant arm 0.09 0.3794 4.40 vs 4.32
Dominant arm: male v female 0.44 0.0024* 4.85 vs 4.40
Non-dominant arm: male v female 0.61 0.0004* 4.93 vs 4.32
Table 4-8: t-test results for differences in infraspinatus measurements. Differences are reported as the mean of the first variable minus the mean of the second variable for non-paired tests and mean of the differences for paired tests. *denotes significance
4.3.2 Other measurements
Two other muscle measurements outside the rotator cuff were also taken from
all participants, which are detailed below. These are of biceps and deltoid.
4.3.2.1 Biceps tendon
Boxplots of the biceps tendon measurements are shown in Figure 4-19 below.
Here, it can be seen that the measurements within both genders are broadly
Male
D
om
inan
t
Male
N
on D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
N
on D
om
inan
t
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
Infr
asp
ina
tus
me
asure
me
nt
137
similar and the female measurements are, on average, shorter than the male. Table
4-9 below shows that only the difference between the dominant and non-
dominant arms in females is not significantly different, although the differences
are very small.
Figure 4-19: Boxplots of the biceps tendon measurement. Bold line represents the median; box represents the interquartile range (IQR) and the whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR
Comparison Average difference p value Measured values
Male: dominant v non-dominant arm 0.16 0.0234* 3.43 vs 3.27
Female: dominant v non-dominant arm 0.05 0.3693 2.94 vs 2.89
Dominant arm: male v female 0.49 0.0001* 3.43 vs 2.94
Non-dominant arm: male v female 0.38 0.0042* 3.27 vs 2.89
Table 4-9: t-test results for differences in biceps tendon measurements. Differences are reported as the mean of the first variable minus the mean of the second variable for non-paired tests and mean of the differences for paired tests. *denotes significance
4.3.2.2 Deltoid muscle
Boxplots of the deltoid muscle measurements are shown in Figure 4-20 below.
Here it can be seen that the measurements within both genders are broadly
Male
D
om
inan
t
Male
N
on D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
N
on D
om
inan
t
25
30
35
40
45
Bic
eps te
nd
on
mea
sure
me
nt
138
similar and the female measurements are, on average, shorter than the male.
Again, t-tests (Table 4-10) confirm that only the intra-gender comparisons are
significantly different.
Figure 4-20: Boxplots of the deltoid muscle measurements. Bold line represents the median; box represents the interquartile range (IQR) and the whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR
Comparison Average
difference p value
Measured
values
Male: dominant v non-dominant arm 0.03 0.8560 7.12 vs 7.09
Female: dominant v non-dominant arm 0.13 0.2909 6.05 vs 5.92
Dominant arm: male v female 1.07 3.152 x 10-6* 7.12 vs 6.05
Non-dominant arm: male v female 1.18 6.318 x 10-6* 7.09 vs 5.92
Table 4-10: t-test results for the differences in deltoid muscle measurements. Differences are reported as the mean of the first variable minus the mean of the second variable for non-paired tests and mean of the differences for paired tests. *denotes significance
The measurements for the supraspinatus footprint on the transverse view were
significantly different between men and women for both dominant and non-
dominant shoulders. The footprint for the dominant arm was measured at 13.43
Male
D
om
inan
t
Male
N
on D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
D
om
inan
t
Fe
male
N
on D
om
inan
t
50
60
70
80
90
100
De
ltoid
mu
scle
mea
sure
me
nt
139
mm in females compared to 14.91mm in males (p<0.001; t-test). For the non-
dominant arm females had a footprint dimension of 13.52 mm compared to
14.88mm in males (p<0.001; t-test). However, the difference between dominant
and non-dominant arm among men and women were not found to be significant.
The mean difference in supraspinatus footprint dimensions between the
dominant and non-dominant arms in men was 0.03 mm (p=0.867; paired t-test)
while in women it was 0.09 mm (p=0.607; paired t-test).
The only significant difference between the dominant and non-dominant arms of
either sex was found in the thickness of supraspinatus tendon. The difference in
thickness was 0.45 mm (p=0.003; paired t-test) in men and 0.27mm (p=0.005;
paired t-test) in women at the medial edge of the footprint while at the middle of
the footprint it was noted to be 0.31mm (p=0.022; paired t-test) in men and
0.27mm (p=0.007; paired t-test) in women. For all other tendon measurements,
a significant difference was found between men and women for both dominant
and non-dominant sides but no significant difference between the dominant and
non-dominant sides among the same sex. (Table 4-2).
4.3.3 Correlation
4.3.3.1 Rotator cuff measurements
In this section, the correlation between participant height and weight against the
rotator cuff measurements are explored. The Pearson’s correlation coefficient (r)
measures the strength and direction of a linear relationship between two
continuous variables. Its value can range from -1 for a perfect negative linear
relationship to +1 for a perfect positive linear relationship. A value of 0 (zero)
140
indicates no relationship between two variables. The strength of the correlation
is determined by the magnitude of the Pearson correlation coefficient. There is
no consensus for assigning strength of association to particular values, although
some general guidelines are provided by Cohen340 (Table 4-11). A correlation
coefficient (r) between 0.1 to 0.3 signifies a small correlation between the
variables, while a coefficient between 0.3 to 0.5 signifies moderate correlation.
Any r value above 0.5 implies a strong or large correlation between the two
variables.
Coefficient Value Strength of Association
0.1 < | r | < .3 small correlation
0.3 < | r | < .5 medium/moderate correlation
| r | > .5 large/strong correlation
Table 4-11: Strength of association for Pearson correlation coefficient
4.3.3.2 Correlation with height
Relationships between an individual’s height and their rotator cuff muscle
dimensions were explored to see if the subject’s height correlates with their
individual muscle thickness. As detailed in Table 4-12 below, none of the
measurements showed any strong correlation with height. The supraspinatus
footprint dimension in women (both dominant and non-dominant arms) and the
supraspinatus thickness on sagittal view in the non-dominant arms of men
showed moderate correlation and these were the only values where the
correlation was found to be statistically significant. The rest of the
141
measurements did not show any significant correlation with height, which
suggests that height may not be a major factor in predicting muscle length.
VariableMale Female
Dominant Non-
dominant Dominant
Non- dominant
Subscapularis tendon Pearson correlation coefficient -0.2834 -0.1743 0.0843 0.1471 p value 0.1291 0.3568 0.658 0.438
Supraspinatus at medial edge of footprint Pearson correlation coefficient -0.249 -0.3274 0.243 0.2228 p value 0.1845 0.0774 0.1956 0.2366
Supraspinatus at middle of footprint Pearson correlation coefficient -0.147 -0.2682 0.1192 0.1639 p value 0.4383 0.1519 0.5304 0.3869
Supraspinatus footprint maximum width Pearson correlation coefficient -0.0204 0.1804 0.4773 0.3712 p value 0.915 0.3401 0.0077* 0.0434*
Supraspinatus on sagittal view Pearson correlation coefficient -0.2441 -0.3716 -0.0819 -0.0199 p value 0.1935 0.0432* 0.6669 0.9171
Infraspinatus Pearson correlation coefficient -0.1301 -0.1384 0.1667 0.0507 p value 0.4932 0.4658 0.3787 0.7903
Table 4-12: Correlations of the rotator cuff measurements with height. * indicates a significant correlation at the 5% level.
4.3.3.3 Correlation with weight
As in the previous section, relationships were explored between an individual’s
weight and the rotator cuff muscle dimensions to see if the subject’s weight
correlates with their individual muscle thickness. As Table 4-13 shows none of
the muscle dimensions showed moderate or strong correlation with weight and
none of the values reached the significance level. Therefore it is unlikely hat the
142
weight of the individual can be used to predict an individual’s rotator cuff muscle
measurements.
VariableMale Female
Dominant Non-
dominant Dominant
Non- dominant
Subscapularis tendon Pearson correlation coefficient 0.0328 -0.0791 0.2602 0.0984 p value 0.864 0.678 0.165 0.605
Supraspinatus at medial edge of footprint Pearson correlation coefficient -0.0565 0.0672 -0.0170 0.1706 p value 0.767 0.724 0.929 0.368
Supraspinatus at middle of footprint Pearson correlation coefficient 0.0736 0.2007 0.0560 0.2076 p value 0.699 0.288 0.769 0.271
Supraspinatus footprint maximum width Pearson correlation coefficient 0.0985 0.1615 -0.0366 0.1747 p value 0.605 0.394 0.605 0.356
Supraspinatus on sagittal view Pearson correlation coefficient -0.0781 -0.037 -0.2090 0.0811 p value 0.682 0.846 0.268 0.670
Infraspinatus Pearson correlation coefficient 0.2996 0.2119 0.1986 0.0660 p value 0.108 0.261 0.293 0.729
Table 4-13: Correlations of the rotator cuff measurements with weight. * indicates a significant correlation at the 5% level.
4.3.3.4 Correlation with deltoid and biceps
Next, the relationship between an individual’s physique and the rotator cuff
musculature was explored. The measurements for the Biceps tendon and Deltoid
muscle were taken from each participant as a proxy measure for their physique.
For the rotator cuff the maximum width of the footprint was taken as a
143
representative example. As Table 4-14 shows, only the thickness of biceps
tendon in the dominant arms of males showed a moderate correlation with the
supraspinatus footprint measurement, while the other measurements failed to
reach the significance level.
Comparison Gender Arm Correlation P value
Deltoid and Supraspinatus
footprint maximum
Female
Dominant -0.0831 0.6625
Non-dominant 0.2179 0.2056
Male
Dominant 0.0830 0.663
Non-dominant 0.2116 0.2617
Biceps and Supraspinatus
footprint maximum
Female
Dominant -0.0416 0.8273
Non-dominant 0.1535 0.4179
Male
Dominant 0.4812 0.0065*
Non-dominant 0.0860 0.6413
Table 4-14: Correlation of supraspinatus footprint with deltoid and biceps thickness. * indicates a significant correlation at the 5% level.
4.3.3.5 Bland-Altman plots
Bland-Altman plots339,341 were constructed for measuring the intra-observer
(Figure 4-21) and inter-observer (Figure 4-22) agreement. The first observer (Dr
Rai) repeated all the measurements in a random subset of 10 individuals (5 men
and 5 women), four weeks after the first measurement. These two sets of
measurements (R1 and R2) were used to calculate the intra-observer variation.
A second observer (Dr Wellings) measured the muscle dimensions in the same
subset of 10 patients independently using the same protocol. These
144
measurements were then compared with the original measurements made by Dr
Rai to calculate the intra-observer variation. Agreement was analysed by plotting
the differences in the two sets of measurements (R1 and W1) against the mean
values of these measurements.
Figure 4-21: Bland-Altman plot for intra-observer agreement; the dashed lines show 95% confidence intervals around the hypothesis of no difference between observations
30 40 50 60 70 80
-30
-20
-10
010
20
Bland altman plot for R1 and R2
Mean of Observation
Diff
ere
nce
be
twe
en
obse
rvatio
ns
Biceps tendon
Deltoid muscleInfraspinatusS SagittalSC MedialSC MiddleSubscap tendon
145
Figure 4-22: Bland-Altman plot for inter-observer agreement; the dashed lines show 95% confidence intervals around the hypothesis of no difference between observations
The Bland-Altman plots are consistent with the hypothesis that 95% of the
differences between the assessments were within ±1.96 standard deviations of
the mean of the differences (“limits of agreement”), denoting good agreement
between the two sets of measurements339,341 for both inter and intra-observer
variations.
20 30 40 50 60 70
-30
-20
-10
01
020
Bland altman plot for R1 and W1
Mean of Observations
Diffe
ren
ce b
etw
ee
n o
bse
rva
tions
Biceps tendonDeltoid muscleInfraspinatusS SagittalSC MedialSC MiddleSubscap tendon
146
4.4 Discussion
Normal anatomy of supraspinatus has been studied extensively in cadavers15,342-
345. Itoi et al345 studied morphology of the rotator cuff in 41 cadaveric shoulders
and measured the length, thickness and width of the extra muscular tendon; the
length of the intramuscular tendon; muscle fibre length, muscle volume and the
length and width of a tear, if present for supraspinatus, infraspinatus and
subscapularis muscles. Among the 41 specimens there were 11 shoulders with
intact rotator cuff, 12 with partial thickness tears of the cuff and 11 with full
thickness tears of the supraspinatus345. They reported the tendon thickness to
vary from 2.2 mm in normal cuff, 2.4 mm in partial thickness tears and 2.6 mm in
cuffs with full thickness tears. They noticed no significant difference in thickness
or width between the groups. Roh et al quantitatively described the
supraspinatus musculotendinous architecture by harvesting the muscles from 25
embalmed cadavers15. They divided each supraspinatus muscle into an anterior
and posterior muscle belly on the basis of their fibre insertion. They measured
pennation angles and musculotendinous dimensions for each muscle belly,
including width, thickness and cross sectional area. They found the mean tendon
thickness to be 3.1mm for the anterior part and 2.5 mm for the posterior part.
Vahlensieck et al studied the fibrous architecture of the supraspinatus muscle by
comparing 30 MR images and 49 cadaver dissections344. They found the
supraspinatus muscle to be composed of two distinct portions. They described
the mean length of the ventral portion to be 88 mm and of the dorsal portion 106
mm and suggested that both muscle portions probably act differently in moving
147
the arm. Volk and Vongsness investigated gross and histologic atomy of the
myotendinous portion of the supraspinatus in 20 cadaveric shoulders (10 men
and 10 women) with ages ranging from 48 to 76 years342. They found that the
anterior lateral portion of the supraspinatus contained more tendon than the
posterior portion of the muscle in all 20 specimens.
Kim et al performed a three dimensional study of the musculo- tendinous
architecture of the supraspinatus tendon343. They used ten formalin embalmed
male cadaveric specimens (mean age 61.9 ± 16years) and excluded specimens
with evidence of gross shoulder abnormality, previous surgery, or tendon
pathology. They performed serial dissection and digitization to collect three-
dimensional coordinates (x, y, and z) of the tendon and muscle fiber bundles in
situ. The data was then used to reconstruct a three-dimensional model. However,
all these studies have been mostly descriptive and have focused on the gross
structure of the tendons.
Anatomic studies on elderly cadaveric specimens are unlikely to accurately
reflect the tendon structure in individuals who are much younger and who
present with shoulder problems in clinical practice. It is well established that the
integrity of the rotator cuff decreases with age124. Milgrom et al124 have shown
that there is a very significant difference in the incidence of rotator cuff tears in
individuals above 50 years of age compared to someone between 30 and 39 for
both dominant and non-dominant arms (p<0.001). Their results show that the
rotator-cuff lesions demonstrate a statistically significant linear increase with
age after the fifth decade of life. Besides, it has been shown that the muscle
148
volume and the cross sectional area of the rotator cuff muscles were 1.6 times
higher in living humans, primarily due to age and dehydration effects346.
Therefore, these anatomic data are unlikely to reflect what would be found in
young healthy adults.
Turrin and Capello reconstructed a detailed sonographic pattern of the normal
supraspinatus tendon and adjacent structures332. They imaged the asymptomatic
right shoulders of 12 healthy adult volunteers (9 men and 3 women) between
18–47 years of age (mean 35 years) and of a 10- year-old boy. Their study
depicted a more complex sonographic pattern of the supraspinatus tendon. The
findings in these studies, though insightful are largely descriptive.
Ultrasound has been used to measure the thickness of the supraspinatus tendon
in asymptomatic adults73,193,347-351. It has also been used to calculate the cross
sectional area of the supraspinatus within its fossa in the asymptomatic
patient352,353. The mean diameter of the supraspinatus tendon has been recorded
by ultrasound in these studies as between 4.0- 6.7mm73,193,347,350,351. It has been
shown to be around 5.2-5.6 mm in the elite baseball athlete351 and to increase in
patients with diabetes347 and amyloidosis348. These studies have assessed the
tendon thickness at different points and do not report on the differences
between men and women or other rotator cuff dimensions.
Cholewinski et al performed sonographic examination on 36 volunteers (72
shoulders) with no history of shoulder pain as part of their study on the
149
usefulness of ultrasound measurements in the diagnosis of subacromial
impingement of the shoulder73. The assessment included measurement
of rotator cuff thickness 15 mm posterior to the long head of biceps tendon on
the transverse plane and the distance between the infero-lateral edge of
acromion and the apex of the greater tuberosity of humerus (AGT distance) with
the arm in neutral rotation.
They reported the normal thickness of the supraspinatus as between 4.1 to 6.7
mm with a median value of 6 mm. They did not find any statistically significant
difference in rotator cuff thickness between the dominant and non-dominant
limb (median difference 0.35 mm). They performed further statistical analysis to
find a possible correlation between rotator cuff thickness and age, body mass,
height and BMI of the subjects. There was only a tendency for minor correlation
between rotator cuff thickness and body mass and BMI, which were not found to
be statistically significant (p value respectively 0.08 and 0.09).
Bretzke et al349 described the characteristic ultrasonographic appearance of
normal and pathological rotator cuff in 15 normal volunteers and 48 patients
with shoulder pain. They reported that in normal shoulders, the rotator cuff
thickness averaged 6 mm at a point 2 cm proximal to the insertion of the
supraspinatus tendon while the thickness of the posterior portion, which is
thinner than the anterior portion, averaged 3.6 mm. They did not find
statistically significant difference between male and females or between left and
right shoulders. Additionally, they did not find any correlation between patient
age and cuff thickness.
150
Akturk et al studied the effect of diabetes on tendons, specifically the biceps and
supraspinatus as they felt they can be easily measured by ultrasonography347.
They measured both tendons using high resolution USG in 150 diabetic patients
(50 type 1 and 100 type 2 diabetic patients, 75 men and 75 women, mean age 50
years) and 94 control patients (47 men and 47 women, mean age 47 years). They
reported the maximal supraspinatus tendon thickness as measured in the
longitudinal view, just in front of the lateral part of the humeral head and the
transverse thickness of the long head of the biceps tendon in the bicipital groove.
They observed a significant increase in supraspinatus and biceps tendon
thickness in diabetic patients (Table 4-15). Their study reported tendon
thickness in “control patients” but crucially failed to define the control group.
Tendon Diabetic shoulder Control shoulder
Right Biceps 4 ± 1.05 2.95 ±0.38
Left Biceps 4.04 ±1.02 2.97 ±0.26
Right Supraspinatus 6.60 ±1.25 4.91 ±0.41
Left Supraspinatus 6.58 ±1.18 4.96 ±0.39
Table 4-15: Tendon thickness in diabetic and control shoulders
Jadoul et al348 performed a cross-sectional ultrasonographic evaluation of
supraspinatus tendon and femoral neck capsule thickness in 49 patients on long-
term haemodialysis to look for beta 2-microglobulin (beta 2M) infiltration of
joint synovia, tendons and capsules as part of dialysis related amyloidosis. As
part of the study they also measured the supraspinatus tendon thickness in 30
controls on their dominant side. The thickness ranged from 4.5 to 7.8 mm (6.3
±0.8 mm) in the control subjects. They did not find a significant correlation with
151
body weight, height, age or gender. They noticed that the thickness of the
supraspinatus tendon and the femoral neck capsule increased significantly with
the duration of the dialysis.
Wallny et al 350 calculated the diameter of the rotator cuff as a mean of three
measured values, at intervals of 1 cm, in the transverse scans of the tendons of
supraspinatus and infraspinatus. They reported the mean diameter of the rotator
cuff to be 6.25 mm and found no significant differences between men and
women or between the dominant and non-dominant side. O’connor et al193
measured supraspinatus tendon thickness in 11 asymptomatic volunteers and
reported a mean value of 4.87 mm.
Wang et al351performed sonographic assessments to compare the thickness of
biceps and supraspinatus tendons in the shoulders of elite college baseball
athletes (injured and uninjured) and healthy controls. Members of the control
group were completely asymptomatic and had no history of shoulder pain or
injury did not participate in sports at a professional level and were matched in
physical characteristics with the recruited athletes. This study found thicker
supraspinatus tendons in elite injured (5.6 mm) and uninjured (5.2 - 5.4 mm)
baseball athletes compared with the control group (4.0 – 4.2 mm). There were
no professional athletes in our group, for us to make a comparison.
The present study has for the first time demonstrated the mean and range of
dimensions of the rotator cuff in the young healthy adult. It has demonstrated
that except for thickness of the supraspinatus tendon at the footprint, the
152
dimensions between dominant and non-dominant hands are not statistically
significantly different. There is a statistical difference between the dimensions of
females and males for all measurements. Even where there is a statistically
significant difference between the dominant and non-dominant arms, the
absolute difference in value is very small to make a clinical difference. This is
important as it means that an asymptomatic contra-lateral shoulder can be used
as a guide to estimate normal dimensions of the affected shoulder. Our results
add to previous studies which showed no significant difference in supraspinatus
thickness between the dominant and non-dominant side73,348.
Partial thickness tears are classified arthroscopically using the Ellman
grading354, which is based on a supraspinatus thickness of 10-12mm just
proximal to its insertion on to the humerus. There is no evidence for using this
as a reference range. Our study has documented the width of the supraspinatus
footprint in a younger population who are most likely to suffer from a partial
thickness tear. This information will be helpful in determining the percentage of
the tendon involved in partial thickness tear at arthroscopy. Although there is a
wide range in the data, our study has shown that the contralateral shoulder can
and should be used as a control in almost all circumstances supporting the
argument for always performing bilateral shoulder ultrasounds.
This study has also shown that the rotator cuff measurements cannot be
correlated with an individual’s height or weight. Other studies have come to the
same conclusion73,348. While most studies did not look at the differences between
153
men and women for the tendon thickness, the two studies that reported them
did not find statistically significant difference between the genders348,350.
There are certain limitations to our study. The volunteers for our study were all
chosen from our institution. There are no reasons to believe they will be any
different to the general population. The technique of ultrasonography is highly
user dependent187,195,355. Previous studies using ultrasound to measure the
thickness of tendons have shown that even with well-defined protocols
substantial inter-observer and to a lesser extent intra-subject inter- visit
variation exists193. In our study, the Bland-Altman plots show good agreement
for both inter and intra-observer measurements, supporting the use of
ultrasound to image the shoulder. It must be noted that all the measurements in
our study were made in asymptomatic volunteers from a younger age group who
are unlikely to have rotator cuff pathology. The rotator cuff is known to display
thinning with advancing age73, and therefore this data cannot be extrapolated to
other age categories. Future studies may look at the normal dimension of other
age groups, for example 41-60, 61-70, 71-80 years. We believe this study has
made a start at the documentation of normal shoulder anatomy by ultrasound.
154
4.5 Conclusion
This study has shown the normal dimensions of the rotator cuff for
subscapularis, supraspinatus and infraspinatus in young adults. A normal
reference pattern will be helpful in clinical practice as the appearance of the
rotator cuff often lacks detail because of varying degrees of degeneration in
patients referred for shoulder ultrasonography. There is a wide range in the
rotator cuff measurements, which makes using classifications based on an
average size difficult. The study reassures us of the reliability of shoulder
ultrasound measurements and emphasises the utility and appropriateness of
routine screening of the other shoulder as a control.
155
Chapter 5 Microvascular blood flow in normal and
pathological rotator cuff
Summary:
In this chapter, I will provide a comprehensive literature review on the vascularity
of the rotator cuff and its implications for the pathogenesis of rotator cuff tears.
This provides the rationale for my in vivo Laser Doppler Flowmetry study on the
microvascularity of normal and a spectrum of pathological rotator cuffs. This
chapter provides a detailed description of the study aims, methods and results.
Declarations:
The laser doppler probe placements were done intraoperatively by the operating
surgeons Mr Steve Drew and Mr Tom Lawrence. The candidate collected data. Dr
Nicholas Parsons advised on statistics.
This work has been published
Karthikeyan S, Griffin DR, Parsons N, Lawrence TL, Modi CS, Drew SJ, Smith CD:
Microvascular blood flow in normal and pathological rotator cuffs.
Published in J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015 Dec;24(12):1954-60.
This work has been presented
Microvascular blood flow in normal and pathological rotator cuff.
BESS 2013 Leicester 19th June 2013
156
5.1 Introduction
The role played by vascular supply in the pathogenesis of rotator cuff disease has
fascinated many investigators. Vascular insufficiency has been proposed as one of
the aetiologies for rotator cuff pathology17,21-23. According to this theory, reduced
blood flow to certain areas of the tendon causes vascular compromise which may
lead on to pain, tendinopathy, poor tendon healing and ultimately tears in some
cases. In 1934, Codman28 was the first to describe a watershed area in the rotator
cuff with poor perfusion. He described this hypovascular area, later called the
“critical zone” as being in the distal 10mm of the tendon near its insertion onto the
greater tuberosity of the humerus28 (Figure 5-1). He noted that this region tended
to be anaemic with a gross appearance suggestive of an infarction. There is no
consensus on whether there is a ‘critical area’ of relative avascularity in the
supraspinatus tendon that makes it vulnerable to tendinopathy and eventual tears
18,19,21-27.
Although significant advances have been made in the management of rotator cuff
pathology, they have come about without a clear understanding of the role played
by vascularity in its pathogenesis17. In this chapter, I will first discuss what is
currently known about the vascular supply of the rotator cuff, the discrepancies
in the literature about the presence and extent of a “critical zone” and
microvascularity of the rotator cuff. This will form the foundation for my
observational study on microvascularity of normal and a range of pathological
rotator cuffs using Laser Doppler Flowmetry (LDF) intraoperatively.
157
Figure 5-1: Diagram of rotator cuff insertion. Encircled areas indicate: 1) Critical zone and 2) Area of unknown vascular pattern (from: Moseley and Goldie24)
5.1.1 Arterial supply
Blood supply to the rotator cuff primarily comes from six arteries, as per
Rothman and Parke22. In their anatomic study on shoulders from 44 term
foetuses and 28 representatives from all decades of life they found that the
suprascapular, anterior circumflex humeral and posterior circumflex humeral
arteries were present in 100% of cases22(Figure 5-2). In addition, they found
that the thoracoacromial, suprahumeral and subscapular arteries contribute to
the rotator cuff in some cases. Chansky and Iannotti17 also found that the most
consistent gross arterial supply of the rotator cuff is by the anterior humeral
circumflex artery and the suprascapular artery which supplies the anterior
portion of the rotator cuff, while the posterior humeral circumflex artery
supplies the posterior portion of the rotator cuff.
158
Figure 5-2: Arterial supply of the rotator cuff: Left-Anterior circumflex humeral artery. Right-Posterior circumflex humeral artery (1), Suprascapular artery (2). (source: Rothman and Parke22)
Moseley and Goldie24 found that the anterior humeral circumflex, suprascapular
and subscapular arteries are the main contributors to the rotator cuff. According
to them, the rotator cuff derives its blood supply from osseous, muscular and
tendinous vessels. The osseous supply is by a branch from the anterior
circumflex humeral artery, which penetrates the insertion of the tendinous
portion of the rotator cuff and anastomoses with the vascular network of the
tendinous portion. The muscular vessels were derived from the suprascapular
and the subscapular arteries and form an anastomotic network through the
musculotendinous junction into the tendon. They also found that the tendinous
portion was well vascularised and remains so throughout life. No sex differences
were noticed.
Although there is some agreement about the main arterial supply of the rotator
cuff, differences persist about the microvascular blood flow and the presence and
extent of the critical zone. These discrepancies come from studies that have
reported conflicting results.
159
5.1.2 Critical zone
The concept of a hypovascular “critical zone” with decreased or absent
vascularity is primarily supported by in-vitro studies18,19,21-23. A study by
Moseley and Goldie was the only one histological study that did not support the
idea of a hypovascular critical zone24. Most of these earlier studies were
performed by first injecting cadavers with a mixture of a hardening substance
like latex and an opaque agent to enhance imaging. The tissues were then
subsequently imaged and tissue samples taken for detailed histologic
assessment. It has been argued that there are inherent weaknesses with these
injection techniques20. Firstly, the injection process itself can create problems
like micro emboli limiting capillary filling in the tendon20,23. Secondly, it has been
suggested that it is very difficult to align the vascular pattern with the
histological appearance of the same part of the tendon23.
Later studies using in-vivo physiological techniques like ultrasound and Doppler
failed to support the presence of a “critical zone” in the rotator cuff 25-27,131.
Critical zone present Critical zone absent
In vitro studies
Lindblom356
Rothman22
Rathbun23
Fukuda133
Ling18
Lohr21
Determe19
Brooks357
Moseley24
160
In vivo studies Biberthaler135
Rudzki132
Swiontkowski27
Silvestri26
Levy25
Funakoshi131
Matthews67
Table 5-1: List of studies on rotator cuff vascularity
5.1.3 In vitro studies
5.1.3.1 Supporting critical zone
As early as 1939 Lindblom described areas of relative avascularity in the
supraspinatus tendon adjacent to its point of insertion356. Rothman and Parke22
studied shoulders from 44 term foetuses and 28 representatives from all
decades of life. Under controlled pressure, a mixture of latex and India ink was
injected into the arterial system of the specimens. The injection mixture was
solidified by subsequently perfusing the specimen with 10% formalin. The
rotator cuff was dissected, photographed, sectioned and stained for histologic
examination. They noticed a markedly under vascularized area in relation to the
rest of the cuff, in the distal part of the supraspinatus tendon and just proximal to
its insertion (Figure 5-3). They reported that serial histological sections
confirmed that the area is truly hypovascular and not an artefact of the injection
technique.
161
Figure 5-3: Hypovascular area in the supraspinatus tendon (circled) - supero lateral view of the right shoulder (source: Rothman and Parke22).
Rathbun and Macnab23 carried out their studies on cadavers as soon after death
as possible. 500 millilitres of a 20% suspension of micropaque was injected into
the subclavian artery. This was followed by an injection of 900 millilitres of a
20% suspension of micropaque in 5% gelatin. The individual muscles with their
bony attachments were dissected free, fixed in formalin and decalcified. They
noticed a constant area of relative avascularity related to an area extending from
a centimetre away and up to its point of insertion (Figure 5-4). This zone of
relative avascularity was present in specimens of all ages, even in cadavers
162
under the age of twenty. This zone of avascularity was constantly seen only in
the supraspinatus tendon, whereas the other tendons comprising the rotator cuff
showed good filling of the vascular bed. Although the method they employed did
not avoid the inherent weakness of the injection technique of embolization, they
were able to demonstrate constantly 15 to 20 micron calibre vessels.
Figure 5-4: The microvascular pattern of the supraspinatus tendon. The arrow points to the zone of avascularity near the tendon insertion (source: Rathbun and Macnab23)
Fukuda et al studied histologic sections from 12 en bloc surgical specimens of
patients with partial bursal-sided rotator cuff tears (BSRCT)133. The specimens
included the bony insertion, the partially torn cuff and the musculotendinous
junction of the supraspinatus tendon. The specimens were fixed in 10% buffered
formalin, decalcified in formic acid and stained with azan or haematoxylin and
eosin. On histologic examination, they noticed that all the tears developed within
1 cm of the tendon insertion and that the proximal stump was uniformly
avascular, confirming the inherent hypovascularity of this area. The vascularity
was normal more proximally, around the musculotendinous junction.
163
Ling et al noticed an avascular zone on the surface of the middle of the
supraspinatus tendon with its external edge at a mean distance of 7.8 mm from
the osteo-tendinous attachment18 (Figure 5-5). They studied twenty fresh
cadaveric shoulders in two age groups (Ten aged 18-45 years and ten above 55
years; five males and five females in each group). The brachial artery was
injected with a solution of gelatin and India ink and the rotator cuff was
dissected. They then studied the vascular sources and the anastomosis in the
supraspinatus tendon, the size and location of the critical zone and the shortest
distance between the critical zone and the osteo-tendinous attachment. They
noticed that there were extensive anastomoses of the blood vessels at the osteo-
tendinous and the musculo-tendinous junction but very little at the critical zone.
They also report that the histologic sections showed that the critical zone was
not an artificial by-product of the injection technique.
Figure 5-5: * denotes the area of hypovascularity in the supraspinatus tendon. Branches from 1-anterior circumflex humeral artery. 2-subscapular artery. 3-posterior circumflex humeral artery (source: Ling et al18).
164
Lohr and Uhthoff studied the vascular pattern of the supraspinatus tendon in
eighteen human anatomic specimens, which ranged in ages from 26 to 84
years21. They did selective vascular injection with a silicon-rubber compound
allowing visualisation of the vascular bed of both the supraspinatus tendon and
the humeral head. Their study confirmed the presence of a hypovascular zone in
the supraspinatus tendon close to its insertion into the humeral head. They also
noticed that the articular side of the tendon is at a disadvantage compared to the
bursal side, which appears to be relatively well vascularised (Figure 5-6).
Figure 5-6: A transverse section of the supraspinatus tendon with bursal side superior, articular side inferior and the humeral head at right inferior. Arrows point to the area of hypovascularity at the articular surface (source: Lohr and Uhthoff21).
Determe et al studied 25 shoulders in which the rotator cuff was devoid of
macroscopic lesions from unembalmed cadavers within 48 hours post mortem19.
They concluded that there is a very real critical zone with a reduced blood flow
about 1.5 cm from the greater tubercle. They are of the view that this area
represents the zone of convergence of the anterior and posterior circumflex
humeral artery, the suprahumeral and the thoracoacromial artery (Figure 5-7).
165
Histologic studies on six specimens confirmed the poor vascularity of this critical
zone. This critical zone was present irrespective of the age of the cadaver.
Figure 5-7: Vascularity of critical zone. 1 - Area of convergence, 2 – Supraspinatus muscle, 3 – infraspinatus muscle, 4 – subscapularis muscle (source: Determe et al19).
Brooks et al performed a quantitative histological analysis of the vascularity of
the supraspinatus and infraspinatus tendons357. They measured vessel numbers,
size and percentage of the tendon occupied by vessels at 5 mm intervals from the
tendon insertions to the muscle bellies proximally. They noticed no significant
differences between the vascularity of supraspinatus and infraspinatus and that
both tendons were hypovascular in their distal 15 mm.
5.1.3.2 Not supporting critical zone
This concept of an avascular critical zone did not receive support from only one
histological study. Moseley and Goldie performed an injection study of the
vascular pattern in seventy-two shoulders24. They injected a mixture of gelatin,
potassium iodide, barium sulphate and formalin into the first part of the
subclavian artery, which was then examined macroscopically and in some
instances, histologically. The specimens were also assessed photographically and
166
radiologically. Their study of the morphologic pattern of the arteries in the
rotator cuff conclusively showed that the “critical zone” of the rotator cuff
corresponds to the zone of anastomosis between the osseous and tendinous
vessels but did not find any evidence that the critical zone is much less
vascularised than any other part of the tendinous cuff24 (Figure 5-8). This study
had a high dropout rate due to technical problems, beginning with seventy-two
shoulders but reporting on the findings of only six.
Figure 5-8: The vascular pattern in the tendinous portion of the rotator cuff. The arrow shows one of many zones where superficial and deep vessels anastomose. Inset: Diagram for orientation (from: Moseley and Goldie24)
5.1.4 In vivo studies
Recent studies on rotator cuff blood flow have used newer technologies like
Doppler Ultrasonography131,132,358, Laser Doppler flowmetry25,27 and Orthogonal
polarisation135, a microscopic technique which uses reflected polarised light in
patients having arthroscopic surgery. The arrival of Doppler technology has
given researchers a relatively inexpensive and at the same time a versatile, non-
167
invasive method by which vascularity in living tissues can be measured. The
chief advantage of these newer technologies is their ability to visualise
microvasculature in vivo.
In general, studies performed in vivo question the validity of the concept of a
critical zone in the supraspinatus tendon, with some exceptions. An in-vivo study
by Biberthaler et al135 and another study published twice by Adler et al and
Rudzki et al (these two publications used the same data from a single study)
supported the concept of an avascular critical zone.
5.1.4.1 Supporting critical zone
Biberthaler et al used orthogonal polarization spectral imaging, which allows
noninvasive, quantitative assessment of the human microcirculation without
application of fluorescent contrast medium within an arthroscopic setting135.
They studied eleven patients with clinical signs of a degenerative rotator cuff
lesion. Functional capillary density and capillary diameter were studied in vivo
during shoulder arthroscopy. After the images were recorded, biopsy specimens
of 1 mm2 were taken from the scanned regions and were immunostained against
CD31. The functional capillary density in areas close to rotator cuff lesions was
found to be significantly reduced (20 ± 14 cm/cm2) compared with 106 ± 13
cm/cm2 in control areas in the unaffected tendon insertion zone. Further in vitro
analysis of specimens taken from the scanned regions using quantitative
histological techniques showed that the number of capillaries in the critical zone
was reduced to almost half of that of the controls (Figure 5-9).
168
Figure 5-9: Immunohistochemical staining of microvessels. Specimen taken from a control region (A) sows several microvessels (arrows) whereas no microvessels are seen in the specimen taken from a region adjacent to the lesion (B) (source: Biberthaler et al135)
In the Adler/Rudzki et al study132,358, 31 asymptomatic volunteers with an intact
rotator cuff aged between 22–65 years (mean age, 41.5 years) underwent lipid
microsphere contrast-enhanced ultrasound of a randomly selected shoulder.
Among the 31 volunteers, sixteen were younger than forty years and fifteen
older than forty. Images from the volunteers were obtained at baseline, after
contrast administration with the subject at rest and after contrast administration
169
after the subject had exercised. Quantitative analysis of data was performed from
four regions of interest (ROIs): bursal medial, articular medial, bursal lateral and
articular lateral (Figure 5-10). The plane of the anatomic neck was used as the
boundary between the medial and lateral parts of the tendon and a median line
through the long axis of the tendon separated the articular surface from the
bursal surface. The bursal ROIs also included the adjacent peritendinous blood
vessels.
Figure 5-10: ROIs used for analysis of blood flow. Bursal medial (BM), bursal lateral (BL), articular medial (AM) and articular lateral (AL) ROIs are shown. Arrow points to the plane of the anatomic neck (from: Adler et al358).
Analysis of blood flow at the four ROI s consistently showed a region of reduced
vascularity at the articular medial margin of the rotator cuff. The blood flow in
this region was significantly less compared to the bursal medial (p=0.002) and
the bursal lateral (p=0.003) zones and the difference approached significance
(p=0.052) compared to the articular lateral zone. After exercise, a 59%-96%
increase in enhancement was noticed for all the regions combined. Still, the
articular medial region had significantly reduced flow compared with all other
ROIs (p<0.002). In their view the study showed diminished vascularity in the
articular portion of the supraspinatus tendon, in keeping with the concept of a
critical zone.
170
5.1.4.2 Not supporting critical zone
Swiontkowski et al used laser Doppler flowmetry (LDF) to investigate rotator
cuff vascularity in vivo27. Eleven men and four women aged between 39 to 68
years undergoing open surgical procedures for rotator cuff disease were studied.
Among the fifteen, four had stage I disease, three had stage II and eight had stage
III or complete cuff tear, as per Neer’s definition9. The LDF measurements were
made on the bursal surface of the tendon at multiple points. The output signal is
proportional to the blood flow and was expressed as the blood cell flux (BCF).
They observed that subacromial impingement produces a hyperaemic response
within the impingement zone of the tendon. As the disease progresses to stage II
(partial tear and fibrosis), significant blood flow was observed at the edges of the
partial tear in all patients. Finally, they noticed that when these untreated partial
tears progress to a complete tear, the hyperaemic response persists in an
attempt to heal the complete tear. They concluded that impingement may
produce a hyperaemic response, which by resorption of damaged collagen fibres
may ultimately lead to partial or complete tear of the supraspinatus tendon
rather than any ‘avascular zone” in the tendon27. They acknowledge that lack of
background BCF data in normal rotator cuff for comparison is a problem, but
since this was an invasive technique, no data was available on blood flow in non-
pathologic rotator cuffs.
Slvestri et al26 assessed nineteen patients with rotator cuff pathology and six
asymptomatic shoulder controls using a power Doppler ultrasound. He
performed a spectral analysis of flow signals in vivo and noticed the presence of
171
vascularity and microvessels at or near the tear site in patients with partial or
complete rotator cuff tear. He did not describe a critical or hypovascular zone,
but observed that blood flow in a normal tendon may be too weak to be detected
by ultrasound.
Levy et al25 used laser Doppler flowmetry (LDF) during arthroscopic shoulder
surgery to study the microcirculation of the normal rotator cuff and to
investigate if it is altered in pathologic conditions. They measured blood flow in
six different regions of each rotator cuff in 56 consecutive patients undergoing
arthroscopic surgery for management of impingement, rotator cuff tears or
instability. They found that the mean LDF flux was significantly higher at the
edges of a complete tear compared with normal cuffs (p = 0.0089). In patients
with impingement the LDF flux was significantly lower across all regions of the
cuff compared with normal cuffs (p = 0.0196) and torn cuffs (p < 0.0001).
Although LDF analysis of the rotator cuff blood supply indicated a significant
difference between the vascularity of the normal and the pathological rotator
cuff, they were unable to demonstrate a functional hypoperfusion area or so-
called ‘critical zone’ in the normal cuff. They observed that although the
measured flux decreases with advancing impingement, there is a substantial
increase of blood flow at the edges of rotator cuff tears. They postulated that this
might reflect an attempt at repair of the tear.
Funakoshi et al131 examined the differences in microvascularity using contrast
enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) between the intact rotator cuffs of young and
172
elderly people and between intact and torn cuffs in elderly people. Ten
volunteers (all men) with an intact rotator cuff and fifteen patients (10 men and
5 women) with a rupture supraspinatus tendon on one shoulder and a
continuous tendon on the other shoulder were studied. They analysed four
regions of interest (ROI) – the articular side of the tendon (AT), the bursal side of
the tendon (BT), the medial side of the bursa (MB) and the lateral side of the
bursa (LB). They used relatively small ROIs and examined it intensively to
visualise the vascular pattern in detail. Analyses were performed using time
intensity curves in a blinded fashion (Figure 5-11).
Figure 5-11: Ultrasound of an asymptomatic shoulder. B mode image (a); HH-Humeral head, SSP-supraspinatus tendon. Contrast enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) image (b); AT-articular side of tendon, BT-bursal side of tendon, LB-lateral side of bursa, MB-medial side of bursa. Time intensity curves for each region of interest (ROI) of CEUS (from: Funakoshi et al131).
A comparative study of the blood flow between the 4 ROIs showed that in all
groups the blood flow within the supraspinatus tendon (AT and BT) was
significantly lower (p<0.0001) compared with the blood flow noted in the
subacromial bursal tissue (MB and LB). There was no significant difference in the
vascular distribution inside the supraspinatus tendon (AT vs BT). There was also
173
no significant difference in blood flow inside the tendon between the groups
with intact cuffs and the group with rotator cuff tears. They did observe an age-
related decrease in blood flow for the intratendinous tissue.
Matthews et al67 studied cellular and vascular changes in different stages of full
thickness rotator cuff tears. They took biopsies from the supraspinatus tendon in
forty patients who were undergoing surgery for chronic rotator cuff tears and
compared them with biopsies taken from four uninjured subscapularis tendons.
They used monoclonal antibodies directed against leucocytes, macrophages,
mast cells and vascular markers. They noticed that small sized rotator cuff tears
showed increased fibroblast cellularity, blood vessel proliferation, vascular
markers and the presence of a significant inflammatory component indicating a
potential to heal. These reparative changes diminished as the size of the rotator
cuff tear increased.
Goodmurphy et al134 performed immunocytochemical analysis on rotator cuff
tendons to compare normal cadaver shoulders with age matched live subjects
who underwent surgery for rotator cuff tears. They noticed no significant
difference in the vascularity of the surgical specimens at the edge of the tear (i.e.
<2.5 mm from the tear margin) and the matched cadaveric controls. There
appears to be hypervascularity in sections taken 2.5 to 5 mm away from the tear
compared to sections taken from either cadaveric or surgical specimens within
2.5 mm of the tear (p<0.001). They found no differences in nuclear distribution
patterns or in the ability to produce procollagen between surgical specimens
from sites near the tear or away from the tear. In their conclusion, they state,
174
“these data suggest that the rotator cuff in the vicinity of either a complete or
intrasubstance tear is, in fact, not hypovascular. The avascularity of the critical
zone, may be an artifact of techniques used during prior cadaveric studies”.
It is important to note that almost all the in-vivo studies that did not find
evidence for the presence of a critical zone were conducted in patients with a
pathological rotator cuff. This may support the argument that pathology changes
the blood flow in the rotator cuff irrespective of a critical zone in the normal
rotator cuff.
Although both extrinsic and intrinsic theories have been proposed as the
possible aetiology of rotator cuff tears9,55,62, most authors currently believe that
intrinsic tendon degeneration probably linked to micro-vascular disturbances
predominates58,121,122,359. Thus, enhancing knowledge regarding the micro-
vascular blood flow of the rotator cuff is essential in further understanding the
pathological processes. While some anatomical studies have shown a consistent
crossover of blood vessels across the osteotendinous junction in supraspinatus
360, others have shown that almost no vessels are present distally at the articular
surface of the tendon 21. Most cadaveric studies21-23 have documented the poor
microvascular supply within the supraspinatus tendon but in-vivo
measurements have contradicted these findings with an increase in blood flow
on the edge of a full thickness tear25-27,131.
Rotator cuff vascularity plays an important role in the rehabilitation and surgical
interventions that are chosen to treat cuff pathology20. The potential role of
175
vascularity in the pathogenesis of rotator cuff tendinopathy requires further
study, as it may have important implications for understanding the natural
history of the disease and the development and application of surgical and
biologic interventions. As such, the vascularity of the rotator cuff remains an
important question to answer.
Hegedus et al conducted an extensive literature review on vascularity and
tendon pathology in the rotator cuff20. Their review included 19 studies, of which
10 were carried out on cadavers (in vitro), six on live subjects (in vivo) and three
studies examined both cadavers and live subjects. They looked at reasons for the
conflicting findings in the literature and analysed the studies to see if these
differences could be attributed to limitations in older lower technology injection
studies performed in cadavers or to the arm position, which could influence the
rotator cuff blood flow. They concluded that neither technology nor arm position
during infusion seem to be the reason for the divergent results of these 19
studies. It could be that the quality and methodology of these studies were so
variable that conflicting results were only to be expected.
They observed that there is no large sample, in-vivo study that uses the best
technology to compare pathological with non-pathological shoulders. They
recommended further larger sample, in-vivo, Doppler studies comparing normal
and the spectrum of pathological cuffs to clarify the results regarding the
presence of a critical zone.
In-vivo studies have inherent advantages, not the least of which is better
176
generalisability of results than cadaver studies. Advances in Doppler ultrasound
instruments and techniques have improved the detection of small vessels.
Further, low-volume and slow-flowing vessels can be visualized better by
increasing the signal-to-noise ratio using microbubble-based USG contrast
agents. However, Laser Doppler flowmetry may be the most sensitive tool to
detect microvascularity, finding vessels as small as 0.01 mm in diameter.
I designed an observational study to measure the blood flow in both normal and
a range of pathological rotator cuffs using an in-vivo laser Doppler probe. This
technique will allow an accurate assessment of the microvascular blood supply
of living tissue. The study will measure blood flow in five different regions of the
cuff within each individual and will comparisons to assess variability between
and within individuals.
177
5.2 Study design
5.2.1 Ethics approval
The study was reviewed and approved by the Coventry and Warwickshire
Research Ethics Committee (REC Reference number: 10/H1211/42) (Appendix:
I)
5.2.2 Sponsorship and funding
The study was sponsored by two collaborating organisations: University of
Warwick and University Hospitals Coventry and Warwickshire NHS Trust
(Appendix: J). The study had funding from the Academy of Medical Sciences.
5.2.3 Patient recruitment
All adult patients having arthroscopic shoulder surgery under the care of two
shoulder surgeons (Mr Steve Drew and Mr Tom Lawrence) at University
Hospitals Coventry and Warwickshire NHS Trust were potentially eligible.
All patients presented to the clinic with shoulder pain related to the rotator cuff
(except the control group). Everyone had symptoms for a minimum of 3 months
and had a course of conservative management, which included analgesia,
physiotherapy and subacromial injection(s). The diagnosis of subacromial
impingement was made by an experienced consultant shoulder surgeon in
patients who had a painful arc and positive impingement signs, but with no
radiological or intra-operative evidence of a cuff tear. There were no acute
traumatic cuff tears in the group.
178
Study participants were categorized into four groups based on their intra-
operative diagnosis:
(i) Normal rotator cuff and undergoing surgery for unrelated pathology
(stabilisation and labral repairs) (Control Group)
(ii) Subacromial Impingement syndrome
(iii) Partial thickness rotator cuff tears
(iv) Full thickness rotator cuff tears
Measurements were taken from thirty consecutive patients in each group giving
a total of 120 patients for the study.
5.2.3.1 Inclusion criteria
Patients who were able to give informed consent and having one of the following
procedures were considered eligible to be included in the study.
a) Patients with full thickness rotator cuff tears (up to 2 cm) undergoing an
arthroscopic rotator cuff repair
b) Patients with partial thickness rotator cuff tears undergoing arthroscopic
subacromial decompression
c) Patients with impingement syndrome undergoing arthroscopic
subacromial decompression
d) Patients with shoulder pathology not related to the rotator cuff
undergoing arthroscopic procedures (e.g. arthroscopic stabilization and
SLAP repair).
5.2.3.2 Exclusion Criteria
a) Patients unable to give informed consent
b) Patients under 18 years of age
179
c) Patients who have undergone previous shoulder surgery
d) Patients with co-morbidities that may affect micro-vascular blood flow
(e.g. patients with diabetes, inflammatory arthritis, synovitis or adhesive
capsulitis)
e) Patients with massive (defined as cuff tears of more than 2 cm) or
irrepairable cuff tear
5.2.3.3 Consent
Eligible patients were approached prior to the procedure and the study was
explained to them in detail. They were also given a participant information sheet
(Appendix: K) to keep, which provided details about the study. Informed consent
(Appendix: L) was obtained from all the participants, after allowing sufficient
time for the patient to consider their decision and ask questions about the
procedure. Participants were told that they were free to withdraw from the
study at any time, without giving any reason and that this will not affect the
standard of care they receive.
5.2.4 Outcome measures
The outcome measure for the study was the blood flow as recorded by the laser
Doppler probe. This was expressed as perfusion units on a scale from zero to
1000 at each of the five standardized positions within the rotator cuff.
5.2.5 Data management
All data were immediately transferred to a digital format. The patient-
identifiable information was held on a secure, password-protected database
accessible only to essential personnel. Patients were identified by a code
number only. Direct access to source data was required for study related
180
monitoring. The electronic data will be retained for at least five years after the
completion of the study.
5.2.6 Laser Doppler Flowmetry
Laser Doppler is a standard technique for the non-invasive blood flow
monitoring and measurement of blood flow in the microcirculation. The laser
Doppler technique measures blood flow in the very small blood vessels of the
microvasculature. The tissue thickness sampled is typically 1mm, the capillary
diameter 10 microns and the velocity spectrum measurement typically 0.01 to
10mm/s. The technique depends on the Doppler principle whereby low power
light from a monochromatic stable laser, e.g. a Helium Neon gas laser or a single
mode laser diode, incident on tissue is scattered by moving red blood cells and
consequently is frequency broadened. The frequency-broadened light, together
with laser light scattered from static tissue, is photo detected and the resulting
photocurrent processed to provide a blood flow measurement361.
Perfusion measurements using fiber optic laser Doppler monitors have been
made on practically all tissues and applied in most branches of medicine and
physiology362-365. The term commonly used to describe blood flow measured by
the laser Doppler technique is ‘flux’: a quantity proportional to the product of the
average speed of the blood cells and their number concentration (often referred
to as blood volume). This is expressed in arbitrary ‘perfusion units’.
Standardisation of LDF instrument measurements in perfusion units can be
achieved by measuring a flux due to the Brownian motion of particles in a
motility standard comprising polystyrene microspheres in water.
181
5.2.6.1 LDF monitor
The moorVMS-LDF laser Doppler blood flow monitor (Moor instruments Ltd.,
Millway, Devon, UK) is a high performance medical grade instrument for clinical
and research applications25. It uses a semiconductor laser diode to generate laser
radiation with a wavelength of 785 ± 10 nm and a maximum power output of 2.5
mW. This low power laser light is transmitted via an optic fibre to a VP3 Needle
probe (Moor instruments Ltd., Millway, Devon, UK), which has an external
diameter of 1.5 mm and length of 80 mm (Figure 5-12).
Figure 5-12: LDF monitor with memory chip probes.
The moor VMS-LDF monitor comes with a digital LCD screen display but does
not have an internal memory. The monitor was therefore connected to a laptop
running the moorVMS-PC software via the USB probe to permanently record the
trace and storage of data for subsequent analysis. The advanced windows
compatible moorVMS PC software comes with extensive analytical features and
automatic report generation. It offers marker and ROI (Region of interest)
functions for flexible analysis (Figure 5-13).
182
Figure 5-13: A screen shot from the moorVMS PC software
5.2.6.2 Laser Doppler probes
The VP3 needle probes are amongst the most versatile designs. They can be used
for surface measurements or inserted into tissues. The compact design helps
with measurements in deeper tissues with restricted access. It has a hypodermic
stainless steel tube with an external diameter of 1.5 mm. There is 0.5 mm
separation between the fibres. They are available in various lengths from 10 to
80 mm. We used the probes with a length of 80 mm. These “MemoryChip probes”
have a memory chip inside which stores the calibration constants for each probe
with timed recalibration reminders within the probe itself. As these
“MemoryChip probes” store their individual calibration information within the
connector itself, when the probes are changed between patients, the correct
calibration data for that specific probe is always applied automatically.
183
5.2.6.3 Calibration
The probes were calibrated regularly using a calibration kit supplied by the
manufacturer. The calibration kit consists of a probe-flux standard, a probe
clamp, optical paper for cleaning the probe tip, and calibration instructions
(Figure 5-14). The probe-flux standard uses the Brownian motion of polystyrene
microspheres in water to provide the standard reference when calibrating
probes. Care was taken to maintain the room temperature as close to the same
each time the probe was calibrated. Calibration was also a good indicator of the
probe condition, as a damaged probe would not calibrate.
Figure 5-14: VP3 Needle probe calibration kit
5.2.6.4 Sterilisation
The probes were sterilized using the STERRAD system366. It uses low
temperature, hydrogen peroxide gas plasma technology to sterilize a wide range
of instruments efficiently, effectively and safely. The technology is particularly
suited to the sterilization of heat and moisture sensitive instruments since
process temperatures do not exceeded about 50 degrees C (140 degrees F) and
sterilization occurs in a low moisture environment. Vaporized hydrogen
184
peroxide is introduced into a vacuum chamber. Plasma is generated to safely
eliminate residual hydrogen peroxide. The process produces non-toxic by-
products like oxygen and water, which are safe for the environment. The efficacy
of the process has been demonstrated against a broad spectrum of
microorganisms and on a large number of substrates used in medical
instruments366,367. This dry, low temperature process produces gentle
sterilization for the most delicate products potentially leading to longer
instrument life.
5.2.7 Intervention
5.2.7.1 Intraoperative ultrasound
At the start of the trial, we planned to use an ultrasound probe intra-operatively
to assess the rotator cuff for intrasubstance tears and guide probe placement for
articular sided partial thickness tears. A microsurgery guidance transducer
(UST-533, Hitachi Aloka) was identified as the optimal probe due to its extra
small footprint. The UST-533 probe was a linear array transducer with a
frequency range of 13.33-4.4 Mhz and provided a scan width of 10 mm (Figure
5-15).
Figure 5-15: UST-533 ultrasound probe
185
The probe had an optional handling tool and together with it the probe can be
handled as if holding a pencil between the fingers. The probe was used in
conjunction with an Aloka SSD-3500SX Prosound scanner (Aloka Co.Ltd, Tokyo,
Japan). The prosound scanner is a compact and easy to use diagnostic ultrasound
system.
During the arthroscopic procedure, the ultrasound probe was introduced
through the standard lateral portal to assess the integrity of the cuff and identify
partial thickness cuff tears (Figure 5-16). The position of any intrasubstance or
articular sided partial tears was documented and then a laser Doppler probe was
introduced through the same lateral portal and five standardized measurements
were taken of the rotator cuff blood flow.
Figure 5-16: Intraoperative ultrasound of the rotator cuff
However, we experienced several practical difficulties with this approach:
1. The subacromial space was too narrow for the proper placement of the
transducer
186
2. The transducer provided a scan width of only 10 mm, which was too
narrow to provide any meaningful information. The probe had to be
moved along the tendon multiple times and this greatly increased the
operating time.
3. It was not possible to introduce and hold the ultrasound probe and the
laser Doppler probe in the subacromial space simultaneously.
4. A larger skin incision was necessary to introduce the transducer in the
subacromial space, which compromised the therapeutic part of the
arthroscopic surgery as it was impossible to maintain the fluid pressure
in the subacromial space.
5. The intraoperative ultrasound probe provided very little additional
information as arthroscopy provided a good view of both the articular
and the bursal surfaces of the cuff and the preoperative ultrasound with
its better resolution provided information on intrasubstance tears.
We therefore decided not to continue using an intraoperative ultrasound
probe.
5.2.7.2 Blood flow measurements
All patients had their operations under general anaesthesia. An inter-scalene
nerve block was administered by the anaesthetist for post-operative pain relief,
in line with our normal practice. Patients were sat up in the beach chair position.
The operation was performed without any traction to the upper limb and with
the arm on the side of the body. A saline irrigation pump was used to control the
fluid pressure throughout the procedure.
187
Each patient included in the trial underwent a full arthroscopic assessment
through standard arthroscopic portals in-line with current practice prior to
commencing a therapeutic procedure. Diagnostic arthroscopy was used to
confirm the exact pathology associated with the rotator cuff i.e. subacromial
impingement with an intact rotator cuff, partial thickness rotator cuff tear or a
full thickness rotator cuff tear. After diagnostic arthroscopy, a laser Doppler
probe (Moor VP3 probe, Moor instruments Ltd, Axminster, Devon, U.K.) was
introduced either through the existing lateral portal or by using a 16G needle as
a conduit through the skin into the subacromial space. The microvascular blood
flow was then measured in 5 different regions on the bursal side of the rotator
cuff under direct vision. The blood flow measurements were taken before any
therapeutic interventions were undertaken. Under standard conditions,
measurements were made for 30 seconds in each of the zones after a steady
trace was observed.
The regions (zones) are as shown in Figure 5-17:
1. Antero-lateral cuff (at its insertion)
2. Postero-lateral cuff (at its insertion)
3. Antero-medial cuff (1 cm medial to insertion)
4. Postero-medial cuff (1 cm medial to insertion)
5. Musculo-tendinous junction.
For the group with full thickness tears, the anterolateral and posterolateral
measurements were taken at the edges of the tear. The anteromedial and
posteromedial measurements were taken a cm medial to the lateral points.
188
Figure 5-17: Blood flow measurement areas on the rotator cuff: 1-anterolateral, 2–posterolateral, 3–anteromedial, 4–posteromedial and 5–musculotendinous.
To eliminate artefacts during the measurement, the intensity of the arthroscopic
light source was turned to minimum and the saline irrigation pump was stopped
to ensure normal physiologic pressure in the subacromial space. Care was taken
to avoid pooling of blood at the measurement site and the lead was secured to
minimize any movement. The mean systemic arterial pressure was maintained
between 70 – 80 mm Hg throughout the measurements. The LDF monitor was
connected to a laptop running the moorVMS-PC software and the data was
captured, stored and analysed. Output was measured as “flux” and expressed in
perfusion units, which is proportional to the speed and concentration of red
blood cells in the tissue.
189
5.3 Statistical analysis
Data were summarized by calculating means and standard deviations, and
presented graphically using box and scatter plots. Exploratory linear regression
analysis was used to quantify the relationship between age and blood flow, and t-
tests and chi-squared tests were used to assess differences between study
groups.
An adjusted stratified analysis of variance (ANOVA) procedure was used to
assess differences in blood flow between zones (1-anterolateral, 2-
posterolateral, 3-anteromedial, 4-posteromedial and 5-musculotendinous)
within individuals and between groups of individuals (i-normal, ii-impingement,
iii-partial tear and iv-full tear). The two strata identified in the analysis were
associated with comparisons between individuals (diagnosis groups) and within
individuals (zones). Analyses were such that effects for both groups and regions
were partitioned into single degree of freedom contrasts that allowed
assessment of each hypothesis; e.g. for groups this meant that the three degrees
of freedom for comparing groups were split into single contrasts reporting (i)
normal versus impingement, (ii) normal versus partial tear and (iii) normal versus
full tear. F-tests were used to assess statistical significance, which was set at the
5% level.
5.3.1 Null hypothesis
Our null hypothesis was that there is no difference in the micro-vascular blood
flow in patients with normal rotator cuffs compared to patients with pathological
190
rotator cuffs. We also hypothesised that there is no difference in the micro-
vascular blood flow between different regions of the rotator cuff.
5.4 Results
The demographics of the study population are shown in Table 5-2. The group
with the normal rotator cuff was predominantly male (chi-squared test;
p=0.008) and significantly younger than the other groups (t-test; p<0.001).
Normal Impingement Partial tear Full tear
Age
Mean (sd)
(Range)
30 (7.8)
(18-48)
55 (10.3)
(35-78)
57 (13.1)
(26-80)
63 (10.1)
(45-88)
Sex
Male: Female 24:6 14:16 19:11 12:18
Table 5-2: Demographics of study population. Age is expressed in years as mean with standard deviation (sd) and range. Sex distribution is expressed as a ratio
Data were analysed after logarithmic transformation to improve the normality
assumptions required for ANOVA and linear regression (Figure 5-18: Histogram
after logarithmic transformation of flux values).
191
Figure 5-18: Histogram after logarithmic transformation of flux values
Figure 5-19: Boxplot of log transformed values for each group. 1-Impingement, 2-Partial thickness tears, 3-Full thickness tears, 4-Normal cuff
192
5.4.1 Variation in blood flow with age
A full understanding of the relationship between age and blood flow is, in part,
compromised by the large differences in both age and blood flow between the
study groups (i.e. Normal, Impingement, Partial Tear (PT) and Full Tear (FT)).
A linear regression analysis showed what superficially appeared to be a negative
association between age and blood flow (i.e. blood flow decreased with age), was
actually nothing more than an artefact of the grouping. That is, an analysis of the
relationship between blood flow and age within study groups (normal and other
groups) showed that regression coefficients were zero, indicating that there was
no evidence for an association between age and blood flow within any of the
groups (Figure 5-20). There was no evidence that blood flow differed between
genders (t-test; p=0.858).
Figure 5-20: Scatter plot of blood flow versus participant age for normal and non-normal groups. A linear regression ignoring groups (- -) showed a significant negative association between age and blood flow (p<0.001). However, adding an interaction term to this model showed that the association was purely between groups (p=0.003), as the regression coefficients within groups were zero (—).
193
5.4.2 Variation in total blood flow between groups
The analysis of variance (ANOVA) indicated that the total blood flow measured
across all regions was greater in the group with the normal rotator cuff
compared to the groups with the pathological rotator cuff (ANOVA F test; F
value10.8; p=0.001). This is apparent by simply looking at the raw data plots in
Figure 5-21. Among the pathological groups, the largest effect was seen between
the group with normal cuff and the group with full thickness tears (ANOVA F
test; F value 7.25; p=0.008); however, overall there was no strong evidence to
suggest important differences in blood flow between the pathological groups.
Figure 5-21: Boxplots for each group and zone, with means (●); the vertical axis is plotted on a log scale, as this was used for the analysis to improve normality assumptions. Box represents the interquartile range (IQR), whiskers represent 1.5 times the IQR and o represent outliers beyond 1.5 times the IQR.
194
5.4.3 Variation in blood flow between zones
There were significant differences in blood flow between the 5 zones. (Figure
5-21). Blood flow was highest at the musculotendinous junction (Zone 5)
compared to the blood flow in the tendinous part (Zones 1-4). This difference
was highly significant (ANOVA F test; F value 42.34; p < 0.001) and this effect
was observed consistently across all four groups. Analyses of measurements
within the tendinous part across all the four groups indicate that blood flow in
the lateral insertional part of the tendon (Zones 1 and 2) was overall significantly
less (ANOVA F test; F value 9.79; p=0.002) than the medial part (Zones 3 and 4).
It also indicated that the pattern of blood flow between zones was almost
equivalent for normal, partial tear and impingement groups, but was different
for the full tear group (p=0.020). In the full tear group, we saw no great
difference between Z1, Z2, Z3 and Z4, but all these are much lower than Z5.
5.4.4 Variation in blood flow between zones and across groups
Analysis of the blood flow at individual zones between the groups has shown
that the blood flow was significantly lower at the anteromedial and
posteromedial cuff (Zones 3 and 4) in the group with impingement (ANOVA F
tests; Zone 3, p = 0.010 and Zone 4, p=0.028) and full thickness tears (Zone 3, p =
0.015 and Zone 4, p=0.042) compared to the group with normal cuff. This
difference at zones 3 and 4 did not reach statistical significance in the group with
partial thickness tears (Zone 3, p=0.562 and Zone 4, p=0.273). Although we note
that analyses using data from individual zones only is weaker than analyses
using all the data together, so the inferences we make are more tentative.
195
Group
Region Normal Impingement Partial tear Full tear
Anterolateral71.61
(61.24, 81.99) 61.02
(46.71, 75.34) 61.35
(48.85, 73.85)56.99
(45.06, 68.92)
Posterolateral 69.23
(58.63, 79.82) 61.74
(46.91, 76.57) 62.01
(50.37, 73.65)56.40
(44.09, 68.70)
Anteromedial 85.83
(74.35, 97.32) 64.93
(52.83, 77.03) 74.93
(58.91, 90.96)57.69
(48.20, 67.18)
Posteromedial 82.31
(73.06, 91.56) 72.67
(53.28,92.05) 67.56
(54.24, 80.87)58.62
(46.87, 70.38)
Musculotendinous99.71
(83.66, 115.76)81.85
(62.42, 101.28)77.72
(62.20, 93.23)92.29
(69.14, 115.43)
Mean 81.74
(76.41, 87.07) 68.44
(61.39, 75.5) 68.71
(62.69, 74.74)64.40
(57.8, 71.0)
Table 5-3: Mean flux values (with 95% confidence intervals) for the four groups at each region.
196
5.5 Discussion
In our study, the cumulative blood flow measured across all regions was highest
in the group with the normal rotator cuff. The total blood flow was lower in all
the groups with a pathological rotator cuff (subacromial impingement, partial
thickness tear and full thickness tear) with the lowest values in the group with
full thickness tears (
Table 5-3). We are aware that the group with the normal rotator cuff were
significantly younger compared to the pathological group. Although Rudzki132
and Funakoshi131 have shown an age related decrease in intratendinous
vascularity of the supraspinatus using contrast-enhanced ultrasound, our data
showed no strong evidence that blood flow decreased significantly with age. Our
results are similar to Levy et al who also used LDF and found that the total blood
flow was significantly lower in the group with pathologic cuffs and that age and
gender were not significant predictors of blood flow in the tendon25.
Our results also demonstrate that the blood flow is not uniform throughout the
tendon. The blood flow is highest medially at the musculotendinous junction and
is lower laterally, with the lowest values seen at the point of insertion of the
tendon on to the bone (Figure 5-21). Within the control group, blood flow was
significantly higher at the musculotendinous junction (zone 5) compared to the
medial part of the tendon (zones 3 and 4), which in turn was significantly higher
than the lateral part of the tendon (zones 1 and 2). These results would be
expected in any muscle- tendon- bone transition, with the muscle having the
most vascularity and decreasing as the tissue becomes more tendinous38. It does
197
not support a 'critical zone' of avascularity in the mid-substance of the tendon.
Many histological studies have described a markedly hypovascular area
compared to the rest of the tendon in the distal part of the supraspinatus tendon
and just proximal to its insertion21-23. Moseley has shown that the “critical zone”
corresponds to the zone of the anastomoses between the osseous and the
tendinous vessels but found no evidence that it is much less vascularized than
any other part of the tendinous cuff24. All these injection techniques have an
inherent weakness in that injected suspensions of any material always form
emboli at the capillary level of the vascular bed, as acknowledged by Rathbun23.
Recently, contrast enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) has been used to study blood
flow in the rotator cuff. Adler358 found regional variations in the intratendinous
blood flow with the lowest values at the articular medial margin of the rotator
cuff, while Funakoshi131 did not find any significant difference in the vascular
distribution within the supraspinatus tendon. Using LDF, Levy et al25 were
unable to find a “critical zone” in the supraspinatus tendon. Similar results were
seen in the Achilles tendon, where LDF has shown that blood flow is lower near
tendon insertion38.
Across the groups the difference in blood flow was pronounced mainly in zones
3 and 4, where it was significantly lower in the groups with impingement and full
thickness tears compared to the normal group. The difference was not significant
in the partial thickness tear group. This could be postulated that the impinged
cuff is at risk of tear due to a decreased blood flow phenomenon and that the
torn cuff has a response to tear with an increase blood flow. Hyper vascularity at
the edge of partial thickness tears was noted by Fukuda et al133 on histology and
198
Swiontkowski et al27 by LDF. Although, Levy et al have shown higher blood flows
at the edges of a full thickness cuff tear25, in our study we did not see this
response in full thickness tears. Matthews et al67 have shown increased blood
vessel proliferation and fibroblast cellularity in small sized rotator cuff tears but
as the tear size increased there was a trend towards reduced vascularity.
This study adds to that of Levy et al on some findings: the total blood flow was
significantly lower in the group with impingement and that age and gender were
not significant predictors of blood flow in the tendon. Likewise, both studies
agree that there is no evidence of a “critical zone”. Levy et al found an increase in
blood flow in all regions on the bursal surface (including the musculotendinous
junction) in the group with cuff tears compared to the group with normal cuff. In
our study the blood flow in all pathological rotator cuff groups were lower than
the group with normal cuffs. Our study also differs to that of Levy et al, as it
demonstrated a decrease in blood flow in the more lateral positions and where
the cuff is more tendinous. This would reflect what would be expected in a
normal musculo-tendinous transition.
Although, the LDF technique we used was like the one described by Levy et al,
there were important differences in the methodology of our study. There were
four well-defined groups in our study with equal number of participants in each
group. These groups included patients with normal rotator cuff and a spectrum
of pathologic rotator cuffs ranging from subacromial impingement (with no
rotator cuff tear) to full thickness rotator cuff tears. Unlike Levy et al, we have
split the cuff tears group into full and partial thickness tears to define whether
199
there is a difference between these two sub-groups. We have also defined
exactly where measurements were taken in relation to the tear. Also, in the
series by Levy et al, the measurements were made with the patients lying on
their side and the arm abducted to 30 degrees without any local or regional
nerve blocks. In our series, the patients were sat in the beach chair position with
the arm by their side and all had an interscalene nerve block. These factors may
account for the differences in the results from the two studies.
Of the 30 patients with partial thickness tears in our study, 27 had articular-
sided partial thickness tears and 3 had bursal-sided partial thickness tears.
Although, the pathology of bursal-sided and articular-sided tears may be
different, as there were only three bursal-sided tears it makes analysis of this
subgroup difficult.
It has been proposed that the position of arm may be a contributing factor for the
presence of a critical zone of hypoperfusion. Rathbun and Macnab suggested the
‘wringing out’ theory23. They thought it is possible that the constant pressure
exerted by the humeral head on the supraspinatus tendon might “wring out” the
vessels in this area. They noticed that there was almost complete filling of all the
blood vessels throughout the tendon all the way to its insertion when they
performed their injection study with the shoulder passively abducted, thereby
relaxing tension on the supraspinatus. They found support for this theory by the
fact that the subscapularis tendon, which normally has an abundant blood
supply, showed an area of relative hypovascularity near its insertion when
putting the shoulder in forced external rotation stretched the tendon. Similar
200
results were seen in the intra-capsular portion of the biceps tendon, which is
stretched over the head of the humerus like the supraspinatus. In our study, all
measurements were made with the arm by the side of the body in the beach
chair position. Blood flow was not measured by changing upper limb posture for
this study, but is a very interesting theory that future studies could address.
We believe that this is the first study to directly compare the micro-vascular
blood flow in normal rotator cuffs with a spectrum of pathological rotator cuffs,
particularly studying partial thickness tears as a separate group, using a
physiological in vivo technique, which allowed real time measurement of blood
flow. We were also able to demonstrate variability in the rotator cuff blood flow
within individuals and across different groups. The main limitation was our
inability to age-match the groups. Ethical considerations for an in vivo study
meant the control group with normal rotator cuffs could only comprise of
patients who were having arthroscopic surgery for an alternative diagnosis with
no obvious pathology of the rotator cuff. This group therefore had patients
mainly undergoing stabilization surgery who were younger and predominantly
male. The other limiting factor is that, currently LDF does not provide an
absolute measure of blood perfusion; therefore, making it difficult to make a
direct comparison of values obtained by other methods, but did allow
comparison between the groups in our study.
201
5.6 Conclusion
Real time in-vivo laser Doppler analysis has shown that the microvascularity of
rotator cuff is not uniform throughout the tendon. There are regional variations
with the lowest blood flow found at the point of insertion of the tendon
suggesting that a ‘critical zone’ of hypovascularity medial to its insertion may not
exist. The total blood flow in the supraspinatus tendon was found to be
significantly lower in the pathological tendon compared to the normal tendon,
with the lowest values seen in patients with full thickness tears.
The issue of rotator cuff vascularity in terms of both normal and pathological
conditions remains controversial to date. This in-vivo study with reasonable
sample sizes in each comparative arm addresses some of those controversies.
202
Chapter 6 Conclusions
6.1 Summary of new findings
Rotator cuff pathology is responsible for significant disability among patients of
all ages. Most patients’ symptoms get better after a period of conservative
management either in primary or secondary care setting. Conservative
management includes physiotherapy and drugs, most commonly corticosteroids
or NSAIDs administered either orally or parenterally. Corticosteroids are
generally administered as a subacromial injection while NSAIDs are usually
taken orally and both these approaches have the potential to cause serious side
effects. There are theoretical advantages to use NSAIDs as a subacromial
injection but its efficacy was unknown.
Chapter 3 of this thesis discusses the two-common group of drugs used in the
treatment of subacromial impingement syndrome and the rationale for a
subacromial NSAID injection. The double blind randomised controlled trial
comparing subacromial methylprednisolone with subacromial tenoxicam
injection presented in this thesis is the first study to directly compare a
subacromial corticosteroid injection with a subacromial NSAID injection to treat
subacromial impingement syndrome, although corticosteroids and NSAIDs are
the two most common drugs used for this condition. The study has shown that
local injection of tenoxicam is safe and well tolerated but despite its theoretical
advantages a single subacromial injection of 20 mg was not as effective as
methylprednisolone in improving shoulder function at 6 weeks.
203
During the study, I realised that there were still diagnostic challenges
particularly in the use of ultrasonography to evaluate the integrity of rotator cuff.
Chapter 4 has demonstrated that ultrasonography is increasingly used to
evaluate rotator cuff pathology due to its many advantages. It is highly accurate
in detecting full thickness tears but much less so in detecting partial thickness
tears. A review of our own practice has shown that the sensitivity is lower to
detect partial thickness tears by ultrasonography than that for full thickness
tears (Appendix A). This thesis has documented for the first time the normal
ultrasound dimensions of the subscapularis, supraspinatus and infraspinatus
along with deltoid and biceps tendon in a group of asymptomatic young adults
under the age of forty years. Establishing normal reference values is important
as it aids in identifying pathology. The observational study in chapter 4 has
shown that the dimensions between men and women vary significantly but for
the same individual the dimensions of both shoulders are comparable. This is
important as each patient can be their own control and their contralateral
shoulder can be used as a reference. This thesis has also shown that repeat
ultrasound measurements are reliable between observers and between visits.
As part of the study, I wanted to explore factors associated with the pathogenesis
of rotator cuff tears. Although early descriptions of rotator cuff tears and
impingement lesions focussed on external compression of the bursa and
tendons, the observation that most supraspinatus tears occur at a region just
proximal to its insertion into the humerus led to the concept of an avascular zone
in the supraspinatus tendon. Anatomic or physiologic reduction in microvascular
blood flow to localised areas of supraspinatus tendon has been implicated as a
204
factor in initiating or contributing to rotator cuff pathology. For many years, the
presence of a critical zone in the supraspinatus tendon has been well established
in the medical literature, supported mainly by in vitro histologic studies on
cadaveric specimens, as discussed in chapter 5. Recently, this concept has been
challenged with the introduction of new physiological in-vivo techniques. One of
the aims of this thesis, was to find out the pattern of microvascular blood flow in
normal and a spectrum of pathological rotator cuffs. New information presented
in chapter 5 of this thesis shows that in living humans, the microvascular blood
flow is not uniform in non-pathological supraspinatus tendons, but is similar to
what can be expected in a normal muscle-tendon-bone interface. I found no
evidence for a localized hypovascular or avascular zone in normal supraspinatus
tendons. I explored the blood flow in patients with partial thickness tears as a
separate group for the first time and found it to be similar to the group with
impingement syndrome; both with lower values compared to the group with
normal tendons group but higher than that of the group with full thickness tears.
Hypervascularity, postulated as a sign of healing was not demonstrated at the
edges of either partial or full thickness tears in our study.
These findings along with established research discussed in Chapter 2 suggest
that the development of rotator cuff tears may not be related to the presence of a
critical zone alone and that other factors in addition to microvascularity have a
role in the initiation and progression of rotator cuff pathology. The use of an
intraoperative ultrasound probe caused lots of practical difficulties with very
little benefit.
205
6.2 Implications and future directions
Painful shoulders are a significant socioeconomic burden. The aetiology for
subacromial impingement syndrome is multifactorial. It is likely that
inflammation and oedema in the subacromial bursa and the rotator cuff tendons
are responsible for pain. Although in our trial, a single subacromial injection of
tenoxicam was not as effective as methylprednisolone; the idea of using
subacromial injection of NSAIDs is attractive. In the UK over half a million intra-
articular glucocorticoid injections are administered per year in the primary care
setting alone but there is very little information on how glucocorticoids may
affect rotator cuff tendons in vivo368. Emerging clinical evidence shows
significant long-term harm to tendon tissue and cells associated with local
glucocorticoid injections including reduced cell viability, cell proliferation,
collagen synthesis and increased collagen disorganisation and necrosis368,369.
Extensive research is being carried out to find an effective alternative for
corticosteroid injection. A recent double blind RCT comparing a subacromial
injection of ketorolac resulted in greater improvements in the UCLA shoulder
rating scale than an injection of triamcinolone at 4 weeks’ follow-up370. This may
lead to further studies with different NSAID preparations, dosage and frequency
of administration. It is worth noting that all these studies have had only a short
follow-up period of 4 to 6 weeks but determining the long-term effects of
subacromial injection, although desirable should come after the first step which
is to establish if treatments have any effect in the short to medium term.
206
Other studies included subacromial platelet rich plasma (PRP) injections with
variable results371,372. Scarpone et al found that a single injection of PRP resulted
in significant improvement of pain and function372 but Kesikburun et al found
PRP injection to be no more effective than placebo371. A review of trial registries
reveals researchers embarking on some unconventional interventions. A
research group in London are carrying out a randomised single blinded placebo
controlled study investigating the role of poly-unsaturated fatty acids in addition
to exercise in the management of rotator cuff tendinopathy (ISRCTN17856844).
While in Europe, researchers are comparing an intra-articular injection of
corticosteroid with hyaluronic acid in the treatment of rotator cuff tendinopathy
(EU clinical trials register; EudraCT Number: 2011-003207-37). The fact that
different drugs are still being trialled for such a common condition is probably
an indication that no drug is consistently effective or without adverse effects.
Research trials are not confined to just non-operative management of rotator
cuff pathology. When conservative management fails, surgery is an option for
treating subacromial impingement. This can involve an Arthroscopic
Subacromial Decompression (ASAD), an operation to remove the bony spurs
from the under-surface of the acromion, which may be the cause for the pain.
Can Shoulder Arthroscopy Work (CSAW) 373 is a randomised controlled trial that
will compare ASAD against an investigational shoulder arthroscopy (without
spur removal/decompression) to indicate whether spur removal is really
necessary. Both treatments will be compared against a control (non-operative
management with specialist reassessment) group to indicate whether surgery in
general is effective for patients with subacromial pain. Patients randomised to
207
either of the surgical options will be blinded to the type of surgery they have. The
study plans to recruit 300 men and women with sub-acromial shoulder pain and
complete by April 2017.
Likewise, the UK Rotator Cuff Surgery (UKUFF)374 is a pragmatic multicenter
randomised controlled trial (RCT) to assess the clinical and cost effectiveness of
arthroscopic and open surgery in the management of rotator cuff tears. Of note is
that nearly 20% of patients in the trial underwent subacromial decompression
and not cuff repair. This was due to either no tear being found or the tear was
found to be too large to repair, despite using MRI or ultrasound to diagnose full
thickness rotator cuff tears to determine participation in the study. At 12
months, re-tears were found in 40% of patients who underwent repair surgery,
with no relation to age or the tear size. Future work should explore new methods
to improve tendon healing and reduce the high rate of re-tears observed in this
trial.
The observational study on the normal ultrasound anatomy of rotator cuff is a
start at the documentation of normal shoulder anatomy and establishing normal
reference values. All measurements in the study were made in asymptomatic
volunteers under the age of forty years. The likelihood of significant rotator cuff
pathology is minimal in this age group. The incidence of rotator cuff pathology
increases with age. The rotator cuff muscle dimensions are likely to be different
in other age categories. Further studies should be done to look at the normal
dimensions in other age groups, for example 41-60, 61-70, and 71-80 years to
208
document the reference values in those age groups most likely to have
pathology.
The pathogenesis of rotator cuff disease is complex, multifactorial and not fully
understood still. Many researchers have investigated the microvascular blood
flow in the supraspinatus tendon in an attempt to find why most of the rotator
cuff tears occur at a point just proximal to its insertion into the humerus. Recent
in vivo studies using percutaneous biopsies of supraspinatus tendons with full
thickness tears undergoing rotator cuff repair have shown poor vascularity on
histology368. Researchers have proposed that the position of arm may be a
contributing factor for the presence of a critical zone of hypoperfusion. Although
our study did not find an avascular or hypovascular zone in patients with a
normal rotator cuff, all our measurements were taken in the shoulder with the
arm by the side of the body. Future studies may address this by taking
measurements with the arm in different positions. In our study, we were unable
to age match the different pathological groups with the normal rotator cuff
group. Degenerative nature of rotator cuff pathology meant that the pathological
groups were older and due to the interventional nature of the study, the group
for normal rotator cuff consisted of individuals who had arthroscopic shoulder
surgery for non-cuff related pathology. These individuals turned out to be
predominantly men and much younger. Prospective studies in the future should
try and age match the different groups, but ethical considerations mean that this
may not always be possible.
209
To conclude, this thesis has demonstrated that subacromial injection of a
corticosteroid is more effective than a NSAID in the short-term management of
subacromial impingement. It has documented the dimensions of normal rotator
cuff using ultrasound and has shown that the asymptomatic contralateral
shoulder in everyone can be used as a control. This thesis has shown that
microvascular blood flow in the normal rotator cuff is not uniform but there is no
evidence of a “critical zone” of hypoperfusion using a laser Doppler probe, a
modern, in-vivo, real-time, physiologic technique. This body of work has
contributed to our growing understanding of the pathogenesis, diagnosis and
treatment of rotator cuff pathology.
210
Appendices
Appendix A: Comparison of ultrasonographic findings with arthroscopy.
211
Appendix B: Constant Shoulder Score
212
Appendix C: DASH Score
213
214
215
216
Appendix D: Oxford Shoulder Score
217
218
Appendix E: BREC approval for ultrasound study
22 February 2010
Chris Smith Clinical lecturer in Trauma and Orthopaedic Surgery Clinical Sciences Research Institute Warwick Medical School Clifford Bridge Road Walsgrave Coventry CV2 2DX
Dear Chris
Project Title: The normal ultrasound dimensions of the rotator cuff in young (18-40yrs) healthy asymptomatic volunteers.
Thank you for submitting your revisions for the above-named project to the University of Warwick Biomedical Research Ethics Sub-Committee for Chair’s Approval.
The Chair is pleased to confirm that the revised documentation meets the required standard which means that full approval is granted and your study may commence. May I remind you any substantial amendments require approval from the Committee and that, once your study is completed, the Committee would welcome an End of Project Report.
Yours sincerely,
Professor Jane Barlow Chair Biomedical Research Ethics Sub-Committee
Copy: Lynn Green, Research Governance Facilitator, WMS
219
Appendix F: Invitation letter for ultrasound study
The normal ultrasound dimensions of the rotator cuff in young (18-40yrs) healthy asymptomatic volunteers.
Are you between 18yr and 40yrs of age? Are you fit and healthy? If yes, would you consider volunteering to undergo an ultrasound scan of your shoulders?
We are performing a study to determine the normal ultrasound dimensions of the rotator cuff muscle (inner muscle of the shoulder). If you are between 18and 40yrs of age, are fit and healthy and have never had a problem with your shoulders, you may be suitable as a volunteer.
The ultrasound assessment is a non-invasive procedure. It requires the exposure of the shoulder only, application of ultrasound jelly and an ultrasound examination. This will take no longer than ten minutes in total and will be performed in a warm private consultation room. There are no known disadvantages or risks associated with ultrasound.
If you would like further information about volunteering or to be considered for the study please contact Mr Chris Smith, who is leading the study either by email or phone.
Telephone: 02476 968628 Email: [email protected].
220
Appendix G: Information sheet for ultrasound study
Participation Information Sheet The normal ultrasound dimensions of the rotator cuff in young (18yrs-
40yrs) healthy asymptomatic volunteers. Chief Investigator: Mr Chris Smith
Background Information The inner muscle of the shoulder is called the rotator cuff. Tears of the rotator cuff of the shoulder are a serious and disabling condition. The condition can affect adult patients of all ages and is associated with prolonged periods off work and much longer abstinence from sporting activities. The diagnosis of these tears is commonly made by ultrasound. The diagnosis of partial tears relies on assessing the thickness of the muscle. However, the dimensions of the rotator cuff in the normal healthy population have not been previously presented, specifically relating to hand dominance and gender. This information is important to document and use as a reference to guide surgeons when reviewing ultrasound scans.
What is the purpose of the study? To assess the dimensions of the rotator cuff in the normal young (<40yrs old) healthy volunteer.
Why have I been approached? As you are a healthy young volunteer with no previous shoulder problems or surgery. A total of 60 volunteers will be recruited.
What will happen after I have been entered in the study? You will undergo a non-invasive ultrasound scan of each shoulder. This requires the exposure of the shoulder only, application of ultrasound jelly and an ultrasound examination. This will take no longer than ten minutes in total.
Do I have to take part? It is up to you whether or not to take part.
What are the possible disadvantages and risks of taking part? There are no known disadvantages or risks associated with ultrasound.
What are the possible benefits to you of taking part? There is no specific benefit to you for taking part in the study. However, the information obtained from this study may help us to treat future patients with damage to the rotator cuff.
What happens if an abnormality is detected?
221
This is unlikely as you do not have any problems with your shoulders. However, if any abnormality is identified you will be informed at the time of the scan and a referral to a shoulder surgeon can be made.
Will my taking part in this study be kept confidential? All information which is collected about you during the course of the research will be strictly confidential.
What will happen to the results of the research study? At the end of the study the results will be published in medical journals and at medical conferences. You will not be identified in any reports or publications resulting from the study.
Who has reviewed this study? This study has been reviewed by Warwick University's Biomedical Research Ethics Committee.
Contacts for further information If you would like further information please contact Karthik on 02476 968622 or emailing [email protected]. Alternatively you can contact Mr Chris Smith who is leading the project by emailing [email protected].
222
Appendix H: Consent for ultrasound study
Volunteer consent form for shoulder ultrasound assessment of the young health adult
Study ID: Date (dd/mm/yy):
Name of
Volunteer: D.O.B (dd/mm/yy):
Chief Investigator Mr Chris Smith
1. I confirm that I have read and understand the information sheet
for the above study. I have had the opportunity to consider the
information, ask questions and have had these answered
satisfactorily.
2. I understand that my participation is voluntary and that I am free
to withdraw at any time, without giving any reason.
3. I agree to take part in the above study.
_______________________ ____________ ____________________ Name of Volunteer Date Signature
_______________________ ____________ ____________________ Chris Smith (Chief Investigator) Date Signature
Please initial box
223
Appendix I: Research Ethics Committee favourable decision letter
224
225
226
Appendix J: Sponsorship agreement between University of Warwick and UHCW NHS Trust
227
Appendix K: Patient information sheet for microvascular blood flow study
228
229
230
Appendix L: Patient consent form
231
References
1. Picavet HS, Schouten JS. Musculoskeletal pain in the Netherlands: prevalences, consequences and risk groups, the DMC(3)-study. Pain 2003;102-1-2:167-78. 2. Macfarlane GJ, Hunt IM, Silman AJ. Predictors of chronic shoulder pain: a population based prospective study. J Rheumatol 1998;25-8:1612-5. 3. Practitioners. RCoG. Morbidity statistics from general practice. Third national study:socio-economic analyses. In: Office of Population Census and Surveys DoHaSS, ed. London: HMSO, 1986. 4. Mitchell C, Adebajo A, Hay E, Carr A. Shoulder pain: diagnosis and management in primary care. BMJ 2005;331-7525:1124-8. 5. Urwin M, Symmons D, Allison T, Brammah T, Busby H, Roxby M, Simmons A, Williams G. Estimating the burden of musculoskeletal disorders in the community: the comparative prevalence of symptoms at different anatomical sites, and the relation to social deprivation. Ann Rheum Dis 1998;57-11:649-55. 6. Chard MD, Hazleman R, Hazleman BL, King RH, Reiss BB. Shoulder disorders in the elderly: a community survey. Arthritis Rheum 1991;34-6:766-9. 7. Ostor AJ, Richards CA, Prevost AT, Hazleman BL, Speed CA. Interrater reproducibility of clinical tests for rotator cuff lesions. Ann Rheum Dis 2004;63-10:1288-92. 8. Rechardt M, Shiri R, Karppinen J, Jula A, Heliovaara M, Viikari-Juntura E.Lifestyle and metabolic factors in relation to shoulder pain and rotator cuff tendinitis: a population-based study. BMC Musculoskelet Disord 2010;11:165. 9. Neer CS, 2nd. Impingement lesions. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1983-173:70-7. 10. Li XX, Schweitzer ME, Bifano JA, Lerman J, Manton GL, El-Noueam KI. MR evaluation of subscapularis tears. J Comput Assist Tomogr 1999;23-5:713-7. 11. O'Brien SJ, Voos JE, Neviaser AS, Drakos MC. Developmental anatomy of the shoulder and anatomy of the glenohumeral joint. In: Rockwood CA, Matsen FA, eds. The shoulder. Vol. 1, 4th edition ed. Philadelphia: Elsevier Health Sciences, 2009:8. 12. Clark JM, Harryman DT, 2nd. Tendons, ligaments, and capsule of the rotator cuff. Gross and microscopic anatomy. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1992;74-5:713-25. 13. DeFranco MJ, Cole BJ. Current perspectives on rotator cuff anatomy. Arthroscopy 2009;25-3:305-20. 14. Minagawa H, Itoi E, Konno N, Kido T, Sano A, Urayama M, Sato K.Humeral attachment of the supraspinatus and infraspinatus tendons: an anatomic study. Arthroscopy 1998;14-3:302-6.
232
15. Roh MS, Wang VM, April EW, Pollock RG, Bigliani LU, Flatow EL. Anterior and posterior musculotendinous anatomy of the supraspinatus. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2000;9-5:436-40. 16. Clark J, Sidles JA, Matsen FA. The relationship of the glenohumeral joint capsule to the rotator cuff. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1990-254:29-34. 17. Chansky HA, Iannotti JP. The vascularity of the rotator cuff. Clin Sports Med 1991;10-4:807-22. 18. Ling SC, Chen CF, Wan RX. A study on the vascular supply of the supraspinatus tendon. Surg Radiol Anat 1990;12-3:161-5. 19. Determe D, Rongieres M, Kany J, Glasson JM, Bellumore Y, Mansat M, Becue J. Anatomic study of the tendinous rotator cuff of the shoulder. Surg Radiol Anat 1996;18-3:195-200. 20. Hegedus EJ, Cook C, Brennan M, Wyland D, Garrison JC, Driesner D.Vascularity and tendon pathology in the rotator cuff: a review of literature and implications for rehabilitation and surgery. Br J Sports Med 2010;44-12:838-47. 21. Lohr JF, Uhthoff HK. The microvascular pattern of the supraspinatus tendon. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1990-254:35-8. 22. Rothman RH, Parke WW. The vascular anatomy of the rotator cuff. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1965;41:176-86. 23. Rathbun JB, Macnab I. The microvascular pattern of the rotator cuff. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1970;52-3:540-53. 24. Moseley HF, Goldie I. The Arterial Pattern of the Rotator Cuff of the Shoulder. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1963;45:780-9. 25. Levy O, Relwani J, Zaman T, Even T, Venkateswaran B, Copeland S.Measurement of blood flow in the rotator cuff using laser Doppler flowmetry. J Bone Joint Surg Br 2008;90-7:893-8. 26. Silvestri E, Biggi E, Molfetta L, Avanzino C, La Paglia E, Garlaschi G. Power Doppler analysis of tendon vascularization. Int J Tissue React 2003;25-4:149-58. 27. Swiontkowski MF, Iannotti JP, Boulas HJ, Esterhai JL. Intraoperative assessment of rotator cuff vascularity using laser Doppler flowmetry. In: Post M, Morrey BF, eds. Surgery of the shoulder. St. Louis: Mosby, 1990. 28. Codman E. The shoulder: rupture of the supraspinatus tendon and other lesions in or about the subacromial bursa. Boston: Thomas Todd, 1934. 29. Killian ML, Cavinatto L, Galatz LM, Thomopoulos S. The role of mechanobiology in tendon healing. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2012;21-2:228-37. 30. Abate M, Silbernagel KG, Siljeholm C, Di Iorio A, De Amicis D, Salini V, Werner S, Paganelli R. Pathogenesis of tendinopathies: inflammation or degeneration? Arthritis Res Ther 2009;11-3:235. 31. Sharma P, Maffulli N. Basic biology of tendon injury and healing. Surgeon 2005;3-5:309-16.
233
32. Vailas AC, Tipton CM, Laughlin HL, Tcheng TK, Matthes RD. Physical activity and hypophysectomy on the aerobic capacity of ligaments and tendons. J Appl Physiol Respir Environ Exerc Physiol 1978;44-4:542-6. 33. Franchi M, Trire A, Quaranta M, Orsini E, Ottani V. Collagen structure of tendon relates to function. ScientificWorldJournal 2007;7:404-20. 34. Reeves ND. Adaptation of the tendon to mechanical usage. J Musculoskelet Neuronal Interact 2006;6-2:174-80. 35. Carr AJ, Norris SH. The blood supply of the calcaneal tendon. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1989;71-1:100-1. 36. Armenta E, Lehrman A. The vincula to the flexor tendons of the hand. J Hand Surg Am 1980;5-2:127-34. 37. Leversedge FJ, Ditsios K, Goldfarb CA, Silva MJ, Gelberman RH, Boyer MI.Vascular anatomy of the human flexor digitorum profundus tendon insertion. J Hand Surg Am 2002;27-5:806-12. 38. Astrom M, Westlin N. Blood flow in the human Achilles tendon assessed by laser Doppler flowmetry. J Orthop Res 1994;12-2:246-52. 39. Lewis JS. Rotator cuff tendinopathy. Br J Sports Med 2009;43-4:236-41. 40. Fallon J, Blevins FT, Vogel K, Trotter J. Functional morphology of the supraspinatus tendon. J Orthop Res 2002;20-5:920-6. 41. Berenson MC, Blevins FT, Plaas AH, Vogel KG. Proteoglycans of human rotator cuff tendons. J Orthop Res 1996;14-4:518-25. 42. Benjamin M, Evans EJ. Fibrocartilage. J Anat 1990;171:1-15. 43. Benjamin M, Evans EJ, Copp L. The histology of tendon attachments to bone in man. J Anat 1986;149:89-100. 44. Burkhart SS, Esch JC, Jolson RS. The rotator crescent and rotator cable: an anatomic description of the shoulder's "suspension bridge". Arthroscopy 1993;9-6:611-6. 45. !!! INVALID CITATION !!! . 46. Lehman C, Cuomo F, Kummer FJ, Zuckerman JD. The incidence of full thickness rotator cuff tears in a large cadaveric population. Bull Hosp Jt Dis 1995;54-1:30-1. 47. Grant HJ, Arthur A, Pichora DR. Evaluation of interventions for rotator cuff pathology: a systematic review. J Hand Ther 2004;17-2:274-99. 48. Tempelhof S, Rupp S, Seil R. Age-related prevalence of rotator cuff tears in asymptomatic shoulders. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1999;8-4:296-9. 49. Maffulli N, Khan KM, Puddu G. Overuse tendon conditions: time to change a confusing terminology. Arthroscopy 1998;14-8:840-3. 50. Rees JD, Wilson AM, Wolman RL. Current concepts in the management of tendon disorders. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2006;45-5:508-21. 51. van Dijk CN, van Sterkenburg MN, Wiegerinck JI, Karlsson J, Maffulli N.Terminology for Achilles tendon related disorders. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc 2011;19-5:835-41.
234
52. Andres BM, Murrell GA. Treatment of tendinopathy: what works, what does not, and what is on the horizon. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2008;466-7:1539-54. 53. Alfredson H, Forsgren S, Thorsen K, Lorentzon R. In vivo microdialysis and immunohistochemical analyses of tendon tissue demonstrated high amounts of free glutamate and glutamate NMDAR1 receptors, but no signs of inflammation, in Jumper's knee. J Orthop Res 2001;19-5:881-6. 54. Alfredson H, Ljung BO, Thorsen K, Lorentzon R. In vivo investigation of ECRB tendons with microdialysis technique--no signs of inflammation but high amounts of glutamate in tennis elbow. Acta Orthop Scand 2000;71-5:475-9. 55. Neer CS, 2nd. Anterior acromioplasty for the chronic impingement syndrome in the shoulder: a preliminary report. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1972;54-1:41-50. 56. Seitz AL, McClure PW, Finucane S, Boardman Iii ND, Michener LA.Mechanisms of rotator cuff tendinopathy: Intrinsic, extrinsic, or both? Clinical Biomechanics 2011;26-1:1-12. 57. Balke M, Schmidt C, Dedy N, Banerjee M, Bouillon B, Liem D. Correlation of acromial morphology with impingement syndrome and rotator cuff tears. Acta Orthop 2013;84-2:178-83. 58. Codman EA, Akerson IB. The Pathology Associated with Rupture of the Supraspinatus Tendon. Ann Surg 1931;93-1:348-59. 59. Codman EA. Complete rupture of the supraspinatus tendon. Operative treatment with report of two successful cases. 1911. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2011;20-3:347-9. 60. Jozsa L, Kannus P. Histopathological findings in spontaneous tendon ruptures. Scand J Med Sci Sports 1997;7-2:113-8. 61. Armstrong JR. Excision of the acromion in treatment of the supraspinatus syndrome; report of 95 excisions. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1949;31B-3:436-42. 62. Bigliani LU, Ticker JB, Flatow EL, Soslowsky LJ, Mow VC. The relationship of acromial architecture to rotator cuff disease. Clin Sports Med 1991;10-4:823-38. 63. Nicholson GP, Goodman DA, Flatow EL, Bigliani LU. The acromion: morphologic condition and age-related changes. A study of 420 scapulas. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1996;5-1:1-11. 64. Shah NN, Bayliss NC, Malcolm A. Shape of the acromion: congenital or acquired--a macroscopic, radiographic, and microscopic study of acromion. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2001;10-4:309-16. 65. Archambault JM, Wiley JP, Bray RC. Exercise loading of tendons and the development of overuse injuries. A review of current literature. Sports Med 1995;20-2:77-89. 66. Arnoczky SP, Lavagnino M, Egerbacher M. The mechanobiological aetiopathogenesis of tendinopathy: is it the over-stimulation or the under-stimulation of tendon cells? Int J Exp Pathol 2007;88-4:217-26.
235
67. Matthews TJ, Hand GC, Rees JL, Athanasou NA, Carr AJ. Pathology of the torn rotator cuff tendon. Reduction in potential for repair as tear size increases. J Bone Joint Surg Br 2006;88-4:489-95. 68. Nove-Josserand L, Edwards TB, O'Connor DP, Walch G. The acromiohumeral and coracohumeral intervals are abnormal in rotator cuff tears with muscular fatty degeneration. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2005-433:90-6. 69. Petersson CJ, Redlund-Johnell I. The subacromial space in normal shoulder radiographs. Acta Orthop Scand 1984;55-1:57-8. 70. Saupe N, Pfirrmann CW, Schmid MR, Jost B, Werner CM, Zanetti M.Association between rotator cuff abnormalities and reduced acromiohumeral distance. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2006;187-2:376-82. 71. Weiner DS, Macnab I. Superior migration of the humeral head. A radiological aid in the diagnosis of tears of the rotator cuff. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1970;52-3:524-7. 72. Azzoni R, Cabitza P, Parrini M. Sonographic evaluation of subacromial space. Ultrasonics 2004;42-1-9:683-7. 73. Cholewinski JJ, Kusz DJ, Wojciechowski P, Cielinski LS, Zoladz MP.Ultrasound measurement of rotator cuff thickness and acromio-humeral distance in the diagnosis of subacromial impingement syndrome of the shoulder. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc 2008;16-4:408-14. 74. Desmeules F, Minville L, Riederer B, Cote CH, Fremont P. Acromio-humeral distance variation measured by ultrasonography and its association with the outcome of rehabilitation for shoulder impingement syndrome. Clin J Sport Med 2004;14-4:197-205. 75. Graichen H, Bonel H, Stammberger T, Haubner M, Rohrer H, Englmeier KH, Reiser M, Eckstein F. Three-dimensional analysis of the width of the subacromial space in healthy subjects and patients with impingement syndrome. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1999;172-4:1081-6. 76. Hebert LJ, Moffet H, Dufour M, Moisan C. Acromiohumeral distance in a seated position in persons with impingement syndrome. J Magn Reson Imaging 2003;18-1:72-9. 77. Ellman H, Hanker G, Bayer M. Repair of the rotator cuff. End-result study of factors influencing reconstruction. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1986;68-8:1136-44. 78. Norwood LA, Barrack R, Jacobson KE. Clinical presentation of complete tears of the rotator cuff. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1989;71-4:499-505. 79. Allmann KH, Uhl M, Gufler H, Biebow N, Hauer MP, Kotter E, Reichelt A, Langer M. Cine-MR imaging of the shoulder. Acta Radiol 1997;38-6:1043-6. 80. Edelson JG. The 'hooked' acromion revisited. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1995;77-2:284-7. 81. Epstein RE, Schweitzer ME, Frieman BG, Fenlin JM, Jr., Mitchell DG.Hooked acromion: prevalence on MR images of painful shoulders. Radiology 1993;187-2:479-81.
236
82. Farley TE, Neumann CH, Steinbach LS, Petersen SA. The coracoacromial arch: MR evaluation and correlation with rotator cuff pathology. Skeletal Radiol 1994;23-8:641-5. 83. Bigliani LU, Morrison DS, April EW. The morphology of the acromion and its relationship to rotator cuff tears. Orthop Trans. 1986;10:228. 84. Kitay GS, Iannotti JP, Williams GR, Haygood T, Kneeland BJ, Berlin J.Roentgenographic assessment of acromial morphologic condition in rotator cuff impingement syndrome. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1995;4-6:441-8. 85. Banas MP, Miller RJ, Totterman S. Relationship between the lateral acromion angle and rotator cuff disease. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1995;4-6:454-61. 86. Nyffeler RW, Werner CM, Sukthankar A, Schmid MR, Gerber C.Association of a large lateral extension of the acromion with rotator cuff tears. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2006;88-4:800-5. 87. Toivonen DA, Tuite MJ, Orwin JF. Acromial structure and tears of the rotator cuff. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1995;4-5:376-83. 88. Vaz S, Soyer J, Pries P, Clarac JP. Subacromial impingement: influence of coracoacromial arch geometry on shoulder function. Joint Bone Spine 2000;67-4:305-9. 89. Wang JC, Shapiro MS. Changes in acromial morphology with age. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1997;6-1:55-9. 90. Schippinger G, Bailey D, McNally EG, Kiss J, Carr AJ. Anatomy of the normal acromion investigated using MRI. Langenbecks Arch Chir 1997;382-3:141-4. 91. MacGillivray JD, Fealy S, Potter HG, O'Brien SJ. Multiplanar analysis of acromion morphology. Am J Sports Med 1998;26-6:836-40. 92. Ogawa K, Yoshida A, Inokuchi W, Naniwa T. Acromial spur: relationship to aging and morphologic changes in the rotator cuff. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2005;14-6:591-8. 93. Loehr J, Uhthoff H. The pathogenesis of degenerative rotator cuff tears. Orthop Trans. 1987;11:237-44. 94. Ogata S, Uhthoff HK. Acromial enthesopathy and rotator cuff tear. A radiologic and histologic postmortem investigation of the coracoacromial arch. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1990-254:39-48. 95. Chang EY, Moses DA, Babb JS, Schweitzer ME. Shoulder impingement: objective 3D shape analysis of acromial morphologic features. Radiology 2006;239-2:497-505. 96. Chambler AF, Pitsillides AA, Emery RJ. Acromial spur formation in patients with rotator cuff tears. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2003;12-4:314-21. 97. Ozaki J, Fujimoto S, Nakagawa Y, Masuhara K, Tamai S. Tears of the rotator cuff of the shoulder associated with pathological changes in the acromion. A study in cadavera. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1988;70-8:1224-30.
237
98. Panni AS, Milano G, Lucania L, Fabbriciani C, Logroscino CA. Histological analysis of the coracoacromial arch: correlation between age-related changes and rotator cuff tears. Arthroscopy 1996;12-5:531-40. 99. Zuckerman JD, Kummer FJ, Cuomo F, Greller M. Interobserver reliability of acromial morphology classification: an anatomic study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1997;6-3:286-7. 100. Peh WC, Farmer TH, Totty WG. Acromial arch shape: assessment with MR imaging. Radiology 1995;195-2:501-5. 101. Bright AS, Torpey B, Magid D, Codd T, McFarland EG. Reliability of radiographic evaluation for acromial morphology. Skeletal Radiol 1997;26-12:718-21. 102. Pedowitz RA, Yamaguchi K, Ahmad CS, Burks RT, Flatow EL, Green A, Wies JL, St Andre J, Boyer K, Iannotti JP, Miller BS, Tashjian R, Watters WC, 3rd, Weber K, Turkelson CM, Raymond L, Sluka P, McGowan R. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons Clinical Practice Guideline on: optimizing the management of rotator cuff problems. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2012;94-2:163-7. 103. Hallstrom E, Karrholm J. Shoulder kinematics in 25 patients with impingement and 12 controls. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2006;448:22-7. 104. Keener JD, Wei AS, Kim HM, Steger-May K, Yamaguchi K. Proximal humeral migration in shoulders with symptomatic and asymptomatic rotator cuff tears. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2009;91-6:1405-13. 105. Ludewig PM, Cook TM. Translations of the humerus in persons with shoulder impingement symptoms. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther 2002;32-6:248-59. 106. Royer PJ, Kane EJ, Parks KE, Morrow JC, Moravec RR, Christie DS, Teyhen DS. Fluoroscopic assessment of rotator cuff fatigue on glenohumeral arthrokinematics in shoulder impingement syndrome. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2009;18-6:968-75. 107. Endo K, Ikata T, Katoh S, Takeda Y. Radiographic assessment of scapular rotational tilt in chronic shoulder impingement syndrome. J Orthop Sci 2001;6-1:3-10. 108. Hebert LJ, Moffet H, McFadyen BJ, Dionne CE. Scapular behavior in shoulder impingement syndrome. Arch Phys Med Rehabil 2002;83-1:60-9. 109. Ludewig PM, Cook TM. Alterations in shoulder kinematics and associated muscle activity in people with symptoms of shoulder impingement. Phys Ther 2000;80-3:276-91. 110. Lee SB, Itoi E, O'Driscoll SW, An KN. Contact geometry at the undersurface of the acromion with and without a rotator cuff tear. Arthroscopy 2001;17-4:365-72. 111. Yamamoto N, Muraki T, Sperling JW, Steinmann SP, Itoi E, Cofield RH, An KN. Impingement mechanisms of the Neer and Hawkins signs. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2009;18-6:942-7.
238
112. Cools AM, Witvrouw EE, Declercq GA, Vanderstraeten GG, Cambier DC.Evaluation of isokinetic force production and associated muscle activity in the scapular rotators during a protraction-retraction movement in overhead athletes with impingement symptoms. Br J Sports Med 2004;38-1:64-8. 113. Gumina S, Di Giorgio G, Postacchini F, Postacchini R. Subacromial space in adult patients with thoracic hyperkyphosis and in healthy volunteers. Chir Organi Mov 2008;91-2:93-6. 114. Davidson PA, Elattrache NS, Jobe CM, Jobe FW. Rotator cuff and posterior-superior glenoid labrum injury associated with increased glenohumeral motion: a new site of impingement. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1995;4-5:384-90. 115. Edelson G, Teitz C. Internal impingement in the shoulder. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2000;9-4:308-15. 116. Jobe CM. Posterior superior glenoid impingement: expanded spectrum. Arthroscopy 1995;11-5:530-6. 117. Kibler WB. The role of the scapula in athletic shoulder function. Am J Sports Med 1998;26-2:325-37. 118. Burkhart SS, Morgan CD, Kibler WB. The disabled throwing shoulder: spectrum of pathology Part III: The SICK scapula, scapular dyskinesis, the kinetic chain, and rehabilitation. Arthroscopy 2003;19-6:641-61. 119. Khan KM, Cook JL, Bonar F, Harcourt P, Astrom M. Histopathology of common tendinopathies. Update and implications for clinical management. Sports Med 1999;27-6:393-408. 120. Magra M, Maffulli N. Matrix metalloproteases: a role in overuse tendinopathies. Br J Sports Med 2005;39-11:789-91. 121. Sano H, Ishii H, Trudel G, Uhthoff HK. Histologic evidence of degeneration at the insertion of 3 rotator cuff tendons: a comparative study with human cadaveric shoulders. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1999;8-6:574-9. 122. Hashimoto T, Nobuhara K, Hamada T. Pathologic evidence of degeneration as a primary cause of rotator cuff tear. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2003-415:111-20. 123. Langberg H, Olesen J, Skovgaard D, Kjaer M. Age related blood flow around the Achilles tendon during exercise in humans. Eur J Appl Physiol 2001;84-3:246-8. 124. Milgrom C, Schaffler M, Gilbert S, van Holsbeeck M. Rotator-cuff changes in asymptomatic adults. The effect of age, hand dominance and gender. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1995;77-2:296-8. 125. Sher JS, Uribe JW, Posada A, Murphy BJ, Zlatkin MB. Abnormal findings on magnetic resonance images of asymptomatic shoulders. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1995;77-1:10-5. 126. Yamamoto A, Takagishi K, Osawa T, Yanagawa T, Nakajima D, Shitara H, Kobayashi T. Prevalence and risk factors of a rotator cuff tear in the general population. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2010;19-1:116-20.
239
127. Riley GP, Harrall RL, Constant CR, Chard MD, Cawston TE, Hazleman BL.Glycosaminoglycans of human rotator cuff tendons: changes with age and in chronic rotator cuff tendinitis. Ann Rheum Dis 1994;53-6:367-76. 128. Kumagai J, Sarkar K, Uhthoff HK. The collagen types in the attachment zone of rotator cuff tendons in the elderly: an immunohistochemical study. J Rheumatol 1994;21-11:2096-100. 129. Longo UG, Franceschi F, Ruzzini L, Rabitti C, Morini S, Maffulli N, Denaro V. Histopathology of the supraspinatus tendon in rotator cuff tears. Am J Sports Med 2008;36-3:533-8. 130. Astrom M. Laser Doppler flowmetry in the assessment of tendon blood flow. Scand J Med Sci Sports 2000;10-6:365-7. 131. Funakoshi T, Iwasaki N, Kamishima T, Nishida M, Ito Y, Kondo M, Minami A. In vivo visualization of vascular patterns of rotator cuff tears using contrast-enhanced ultrasound. Am J Sports Med 2010;38-12:2464-71. 132. Rudzki JR, Adler RS, Warren RF, Kadrmas WR, Verma N, Pearle AD, Lyman S, Fealy S. Contrast-enhanced ultrasound characterization of the vascularity of the rotator cuff tendon: age- and activity-related changes in the intact asymptomatic rotator cuff. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2008;17-1 Suppl:96S-100S. 133. Fukuda H, Hamada K, Yamanaka K. Pathology and pathogenesis of bursal-side rotator cuff tears viewed from en bloc histologic sections. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1990-254:75-80. 134. Goodmurphy CW, Osborn J, Akesson EJ, Johnson S, Stanescu V, Regan WD. An immunocytochemical analysis of torn rotator cuff tendon taken at the time of repair. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2003;12-4:368-74. 135. Biberthaler P, Wiedemann E, Nerlich A, Kettler M, Mussack T, Deckelmann S, Mutschler W. Microcirculation associated with degenerative rotator cuff lesions. In vivo assessment with orthogonal polarization spectral imaging during arthroscopy of the shoulder. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2003;85-A-3:475-80. 136. Luo ZP, Hsu HC, Grabowski JJ, Morrey BF, An KN. Mechanical environment associated with rotator cuff tears. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1998;7-6:616-20. 137. Harvie P, Ostlere SJ, Teh J, McNally EG, Clipsham K, Burston BJ, Pollard TC, Carr AJ. Genetic influences in the aetiology of tears of the rotator cuff. Sibling risk of a full-thickness tear. J Bone Joint Surg Br 2004;86-5:696-700. 138. Flynn RK, Pedersen CL, Birmingham TB, Kirkley A, Jackowski D, Fowler PJ. The familial predisposition toward tearing the anterior cruciate ligament: a case control study. Am J Sports Med 2005;33-1:23-8. 139. Kannus P, Jarvinen TL, Jarvinen TA, Jarvinen M, Parkkari J, Khan K.Painful Achilles tendon and its treatment. Scand J Med Sci Sports 2004;14-2:69-71.
240
140. Mokone GG, Gajjar M, September AV, Schwellnus MP, Greenberg J, Noakes TD, Collins M. The guanine-thymine dinucleotide repeat polymorphism within the tenascin-C gene is associated with achilles tendon injuries. Am J Sports Med 2005;33-7:1016-21. 141. Mokone GG, Schwellnus MP, Noakes TD, Collins M. The COL5A1 gene and Achilles tendon pathology. Scand J Med Sci Sports 2006;16-1:19-26. 142. Gotoh M, Hamada K, Yamakawa H, Inoue A, Fukuda H. Increased substance P in subacromial bursa and shoulder pain in rotator cuff diseases. J Orthop Res 1998;16-5:618-21. 143. Bjur D, Danielson P, Alfredson H, Forsgren S. Presence of a non-neuronal cholinergic system and occurrence of up- and down-regulation in expression of M2 muscarinic acetylcholine receptors: new aspects of importance regarding Achilles tendon tendinosis (tendinopathy). Cell Tissue Res 2008;331-2:385-400. 144. Danielson P, Alfredson H, Forsgren S. Immunohistochemical and histochemical findings favoring the occurrence of autocrine/paracrine as well as nerve-related cholinergic effects in chronic painful patellar tendon tendinosis. Microsc Res Tech 2006;69-10:808-19. 145. Danielson P, Alfredson H, Forsgren S. In situ hybridization studies confirming recent findings of the existence of a local nonneuronal catecholamine production in human patellar tendinosis. Microsc Res Tech 2007;70-10:908-11. 146. Danielson P, Alfredson H, Forsgren S. Studies on the importance of sympathetic innervation, adrenergic receptors, and a possible local catecholamine production in the development of patellar tendinopathy (tendinosis) in man. Microsc Res Tech 2007;70-4:310-24. 147. Scott A, Alfredson H, Forsgren S. VGluT2 expression in painful Achilles and patellar tendinosis: evidence of local glutamate release by tenocytes. J Orthop Res 2008;26-5:685-92. 148. Scott A, Lian O, Bahr R, Hart DA, Duronio V, Khan KM. Increased mast cell numbers in human patellar tendinosis: correlation with symptom duration and vascular hyperplasia. Br J Sports Med 2008;42-9:753-7. 149. Abboud JA, Kim JS. The effect of hypercholesterolemia on rotator cuff disease. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2010;468-6:1493-7. 150. Itoi E, Minagawa H, Konno N, Kobayashi T, Sato T, Sato K, Nishi T.Relationship between smoking and rotator cuff tears. Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery;5-2:S124. 151. Carbone S, Gumina S, Arceri V, Campagna V, Fagnani C, Postacchini F.The impact of preoperative smoking habit on rotator cuff tear: cigarette smoking influences rotator cuff tear sizes. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2012;21-1:56-60.
241
152. Galatz LM, Silva MJ, Rothermich SY, Zaegel MA, Havlioglu N, Thomopoulos S. Nicotine delays tendon-to-bone healing in a rat shoulder model. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2006;88-9:2027-34. 153. Mallon WJ, Misamore G, Snead DS, Denton P. The impact of preoperative smoking habits on the results of rotator cuff repair. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2004;13-2:129-32. 154. Stenlund B, Goldie I, Hagberg M, Hogstedt C. Shoulder tendinitis and its relation to heavy manual work and exposure to vibration. Scand J Work Environ Health 1993;19-1:43-9. 155. Chen AL, Shapiro JA, Ahn AK, Zuckerman JD, Cuomo F. Rotator cuff repair in patients with type I diabetes mellitus. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2003;12-5:416-21. 156. Reddy GK. Glucose-mediated in vitro glycation modulates biomechanical integrity of the soft tissues but not hard tissues. J Orthop Res 2003;21-4:738-43. 157. Weiss JJ, Thompson GR, Doust V, Burgener F. Rotator cuff tears in rheumatoid arthritis. Archives of Internal Medicine 1975;135-4:521-5. 158. Lin TW, Cardenas L, Soslowsky LJ. Biomechanics of tendon injury and repair. J Biomech 2004;37-6:865-77. 159. Fukuda H. The management of partial-thickness tears of the rotator cuff. J Bone Joint Surg Br 2003;85-1:3-11. 160. Matsen FA, 3rd. Clinical practice. Rotator-cuff failure. N Engl J Med 2008;358-20:2138-47. 161. Yamaguchi K, Ditsios K, Middleton WD, Hildebolt CF, Galatz LM, Teefey SA. The demographic and morphological features of rotator cuff disease. A comparison of asymptomatic and symptomatic shoulders. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2006;88-8:1699-704. 162. Lenza M, Buchbinder R, Takwoingi Y, Johnston RV, Hanchard NC, Faloppa F. Magnetic resonance imaging, magnetic resonance arthrography and ultrasonography for assessing rotator cuff tears in people with shoulder pain for whom surgery is being considered. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2013;9:CD009020. 163. Zanetti M, Hodler J. Imaging of degenerative and posttraumatic disease in the shoulder joint with ultrasound. Eur J Radiol 2000;35-2:119-25. 164. Reilly P, Macleod I, Macfarlane R, Windley J, Emery RJ. Dead men and radiologists don't lie: a review of cadaveric and radiological studies of rotator cuff tear prevalence. Ann R Coll Surg Engl 2006;88-2:116-21. 165. Hawkins RJ, Kennedy JC. Impingement syndrome in athletes. Am J Sports Med 1980;8-3:151-8. 166. Jobe FW, Moynes DR. Delineation of diagnostic criteria and a rehabilitation program for rotator cuff injuries. Am J Sports Med 1982;10-6:336-9.
242
167. Werner CM, Steinmann PA, Gilbart M, Gerber C. Treatment of painful pseudoparesis due to irreparable rotator cuff dysfunction with the Delta III reverse-ball-and-socket total shoulder prosthesis. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2005;87-7:1476-86. 168. Nanda R, Gupta S, Kanapathipillai P, Liow RYL, Rangan A. An assessment of the inter examiner reliability of clinical tests for subacromial impingement and rotator cuff integrity. European Journal of Orthopaedic Surgery & Traumatology 2008;18-7:495-500. 169. Walch G, Boulahia A, Calderone S, Robinson AH. The 'dropping' and 'hornblower's' signs in evaluation of rotator-cuff tears. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1998;80-4:624-8. 170. Gerber C, Krushell RJ. Isolated rupture of the tendon of the subscapularis muscle. Clinical features in 16 cases. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1991;73-3:389-94. 171. Gerber C, Hersche O, Farron A. Isolated rupture of the subscapularis tendon. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1996;78-7:1015-23. 172. Hertel R, Ballmer FT, Lombert SM, Gerber C. Lag signs in the diagnosis of rotator cuff rupture. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1996;5-4:307-13. 173. Hughes PC, Taylor NF, Green RA. Most clinical tests cannot accurately diagnose rotator cuff pathology: a systematic review. Aust J Physiother 2008;54-3:159-70. 174. Green R, Shanley K, Taylor NF, Perrott M. The anatomical basis for clinical tests assessing musculoskeletal function of the shoulder. Physical Therapy Reviews 2008;13-1:17-24. 175. Hegedus EJ, Goode A, Campbell S, Morin A, Tamaddoni M, Moorman CT, 3rd, Cook C. Physical examination tests of the shoulder: a systematic review with meta-analysis of individual tests. Br J Sports Med 2008;42-2:80-92; discussion 176. Calis M, Akgun K, Birtane M, Karacan I, Calis H, Tuzun F. Diagnostic values of clinical diagnostic tests in subacromial impingement syndrome. Ann Rheum Dis 2000;59-1:44-7. 177. Hanchard NC, Lenza M, Handoll HH, Takwoingi Y. Physical tests for shoulder impingements and local lesions of bursa, tendon or labrum that may accompany impingement. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2013;4:CD007427. 178. Dinnes J, Loveman E, McIntyre L, Waugh N. The effectiveness of diagnostic tests for the assessment of shoulder pain due to soft tissue disorders: a systematic review. Health Technol Assess 2003;7-29:iii, 1-166. 179. Longo UG, Berton A, Ahrens PM, Maffulli N, Denaro V. Clinical tests for the diagnosis of rotator cuff disease. Sports Med Arthrosc 2011;19-3:266-78. 180. Gupta R, Leggin BG, Iannotti JP. Results of surgical repair of full-thickness tears of the rotator cuff. Orthop Clin North Am 1997;28-2:241-8. 181. Iannotti JP, Bernot MP, Kuhlman JR, Kelley MJ, Williams GR.Postoperative assessment of shoulder function: a prospective study of full-thickness rotator cuff tears. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1996;5-6:449-57.
243
182. Aleem AW, Brophy RH. Outcomes of rotator cuff surgery: what does the evidence tell us? Clin Sports Med 2012;31-4:665-74. 183. Bryant L, Shnier R, Bryant C, Murrell GA. A comparison of clinical estimation, ultrasonography, magnetic resonance imaging, and arthroscopy in determining the size of rotator cuff tears. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2002;11-3:219-24. 184. de Jesus JO, Parker L, Frangos AJ, Nazarian LN. Accuracy of MRI, MR arthrography, and ultrasound in the diagnosis of rotator cuff tears: a meta-analysis. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2009;192-6:1701-7. 185. Seltzer SE, Finberg HJ, Weissman BN, Kido DK, Collier BD.Arthrosonography: gray-scale ultrasound evaluation of the shoulder. Radiology 1979;132-2:467-8. 186. Crass JR, Craig EV, Bretzke C, Feinberg SB. Ultrasonography of the rotator cuff. Radiographics 1985;5-6:941-53. 187. Smith TO, Back T, Toms AP, Hing CB. Diagnostic accuracy of ultrasound for rotator cuff tears in adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin Radiol 2011. 188. Recht MP, Resnick D. Magnetic resonance-imaging studies of the shoulder. Diagnosis of lesions of the rotator cuff. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1993;75-8:1244-53. 189. Elentuck D, Palmer WE. Direct magnetic resonance arthrography. Eur Radiol 2004;14-11:1956-67. 190. Hall FM, Rosenthal DI, Goldberg RP, Wyshak G. Morbidity from shoulder arthrography: etiology, incidence, and prevention. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1981;136-1:59-62. 191. Balich SM, Sheley RC, Brown TR, Sauser DD, Quinn SF. MR imaging of the rotator cuff tendon: interobserver agreement and analysis of interpretive errors. Radiology 1997;204-1:191-4. 192. Le Corroller T, Cohen M, Aswad R, Pauly V, Champsaur P. Sonography of the painful shoulder: role of the operator's experience. Skeletal Radiol 2008;37-11:979-86. 193. O'Connor PJ, Grainger AJ, Morgan SR, Smith KL, Waterton JC, Nash AF.Ultrasound assessment of tendons in asymptomatic volunteers: a study of reproducibility. Eur Radiol 2004;14-11:1968-73. 194. Robertson PL, Schweitzer ME, Mitchell DG, Schlesinger F, Epstein RE, Frieman BG, Fenlin JM. Rotator cuff disorders: interobserver and intraobserver variation in diagnosis with MR imaging. Radiology 1995;194-3:831-5. 195. Chang CY, Wang SF, Chiou HJ, Ma HL, Sun YC, Wu HD. Comparison of shoulder ultrasound and MR imaging in diagnosing full-thickness rotator cuff tears. Clin Imaging 2002;26-1:50-4.
244
196. Jacobson JA, Lancaster S, Prasad A, van Holsbeeck MT, Craig JG, Kolowich P. Full-thickness and partial-thickness supraspinatus tendon tears: value of US signs in diagnosis. Radiology 2004;230-1:234-42. 197. Schibany N, Zehetgruber H, Kainberger F, Wurnig C, Ba-Ssalamah A, Herneth AM, Lang T, Gruber D, Breitenseher MJ. Rotator cuff tears in asymptomatic individuals: a clinical and ultrasonographic screening study. Eur J Radiol 2004;51-3:263-8. 198. Berry H, Fernandes L, Bloom B, Clark RJ, Hamilton EB. Clinical study comparing acupuncture, physiotherapy, injection and oral anti-inflammatory therapy in shoulder-cuff lesions. Curr Med Res Opin 1980;7-2:121-6. 199. Hawkins RJ, Plancher KD, Saddemi SR, Brezenoff LS, Moor JT.Arthroscopic subacromial decompression. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2001;10-3:225-30. 200. Littlewood C, Ashton J, Chance-Larsen K, May S, Sturrock B. Exercise for rotator cuff tendinopathy: a systematic review. Physiotherapy 2012;98-2:101-9. 201. Buchbinder R, Green S, Youd JM. Corticosteroid injections for shoulder pain. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003-1:CD004016. 202. Yamaguchi K, Tetro AM, Blam O, Evanoff BA, Teefey SA, Middleton WD.Natural history of asymptomatic rotator cuff tears: a longitudinal analysis of asymptomatic tears detected sonographically. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2001;10-3:199-203. 203. Mall NA, Kim HM, Keener JD, Steger-May K, Teefey SA, Middleton WD, Stobbs G, Yamaguchi K. Symptomatic progression of asymptomatic rotator cuff tears: a prospective study of clinical and sonographic variables. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2010;92-16:2623-33. 204. Maman E, Harris C, White L, Tomlinson G, Shashank M, Boynton E.Outcome of nonoperative treatment of symptomatic rotator cuff tears monitored by magnetic resonance imaging. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2009;91-8:1898-906. 205. Kuhn JE. Exercise in the treatment of rotator cuff impingement: a systematic review and a synthesized evidence-based rehabilitation protocol. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2009;18-1:138-60. 206. Desmeules F, Cote CH, Fremont P. Therapeutic exercise and orthopedic manual therapy for impingement syndrome: a systematic review. Clin J Sport Med 2003;13-3:176-82. 207. Green S, Buchbinder R, Hetrick S. Physiotherapy interventions for shoulder pain. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003-2:CD004258. 208. Marinko LN, Chacko JM, Dalton D, Chacko CC. The effectiveness of therapeutic exercise for painful shoulder conditions: a meta-analysis. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2011;20-8:1351-9. 209. Haahr JP, Andersen JH. Exercises may be as efficient as subacromial
decompression in patients with subacromial stage II impingement: 4–8‐
245
years' follow‐up in a prospective, randomized study. Scandinavian Journal of Rheumatology 2006;35-3:224-8. 210. Morrison DS, Frogameni AD, Woodworth P. Non-operative treatment of subacromial impingement syndrome. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1997;79-5:732-7. 211. Adebajo AO, Nash P, Hazleman BL. A prospective double blind dummy placebo controlled study comparing triamcinolone hexacetonide injection with oral diclofenac 50 mg TDS in patients with rotator cuff tendinitis. J Rheumatol 1990;17-9:1207-10. 212. White RH, Paull DM, Fleming KW. Rotator cuff tendinitis: comparison of subacromial injection of a long acting corticosteroid versus oral indomethacin therapy. J Rheumatol 1986;13-3:608-13. 213. van der Windt DA, van der Heijden GJ, Scholten RJ, Koes BW, Bouter LM. The efficacy of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS) for shoulder complaints. A systematic review. J Clin Epidemiol 1995;48-5:691-704. 214. Kearney PM, Baigent C, Godwin J, Halls H, Emberson JR, Patrono C. Do selective cyclo-oxygenase-2 inhibitors and traditional non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs increase the risk of atherothrombosis? Meta-analysis of randomised trials. BMJ 2006;332-7553:1302-8. 215. Itzkowitch D, Ginsberg F, Leon M, Bernard V, Appelboom T. Peri-articular injection of tenoxicam for painful shoulders: a double-blind, placebo controlled trial. Clin Rheumatol 1996;15-6:604-9. 216. Arroll B, Goodyear-Smith F. Corticosteroid injections for painful shoulder: a meta-analysis. Br J Gen Pract 2005;55-512:224-8. 217. Gray RG, Gottlieb NL. Intra-articular corticosteroids. An updated assessment. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1983-177:235-63. 218. van der Heijden GJ, van der Windt DA, Kleijnen J, Koes BW, Bouter LM.Steroid injections for shoulder disorders: a systematic review of randomized clinical trials. Br J Gen Pract 1996;46-406:309-16. 219. Halpern AA, Horowitz BG, Nagel DA. Tendon ruptures associated with corticosteroid therapy. West J Med 1977;127-5:378-82. 220. Kennedy JC, Willis RB. The effects of local steroid injections on tendons: a biomechanical and microscopic correlative study. Am J Sports Med 1976;4-1:11-21. 221. Oh LS, Wolf BR, Hall MP, Levy BA, Marx RG. Indications for rotator cuff repair: a systematic review. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2007;455:52-63. 222. Seida JC, LeBlanc C, Schouten JR, Mousavi SS, Hartling L, Vandermeer B, Tjosvold L, Sheps DM. Systematic review: nonoperative and operative treatments for rotator cuff tears. Ann Intern Med 2010;153-4:246-55. 223. Gartsman GM, Khan M, Hammerman SM. Arthroscopic repair of full-thickness tears of the rotator cuff. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1998;80-6:832-40. 224. Budoff JE, Nirschl RP, Guidi EJ. Debridement of partial-thickness tears of the rotator cuff without acromioplasty. Long-term follow-up and review of the literature. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1998;80-5:733-48.
246
225. Ellman H, Kay SP. Arthroscopic subacromial decompression for chronic impingement. Two- to five-year results. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1991;73-3:395-8. 226. Gebremariam L, Hay EM, Koes BW, Huisstede BM. Effectiveness of surgical and postsurgical interventions for the subacromial impingement syndrome: a systematic review. Arch Phys Med Rehabil 2011;92-11:1900-13. 227. Tashjian RZ. Is there evidence in favor of surgical interventions for the subacromial impingement syndrome? Clin J Sport Med 2013;23-5:406-7. 228. Caspari RB, Thal R. A technique for arthroscopic subacromial decompression. Arthroscopy 1992;8-1:23-30. 229. Cordasco FA, Backer M, Craig EV, Klein D, Warren RF. The partial-thickness rotator cuff tear: is acromioplasty without repair sufficient? Am J Sports Med 2002;30-2:257-60. 230. Liem D, Alci S, Dedy N, Steinbeck J, Marquardt B, Mollenhoff G. Clinical and structural results of partial supraspinatus tears treated by subacromial decompression without repair. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc 2008;16-10:967-72. 231. Park JY, Yoo MJ, Kim MH. Comparison of surgical outcome between bursal and articular partial thickness rotator cuff tears. Orthopedics 2003;26-4:387-90; discussion 90. 232. Chahal J, Mall N, MacDonald PB, Van Thiel G, Cole BJ, Romeo AA, Verma NN. The role of subacromial decompression in patients undergoing arthroscopic repair of full-thickness tears of the rotator cuff: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Arthroscopy 2012;28-5:720-7. 233. Shin SJ, Oh JH, Chung SW, Song MH. The efficacy of acromioplasty in the arthroscopic repair of small- to medium-sized rotator cuff tears without acromial spur: prospective comparative study. Arthroscopy 2012;28-5:628-35. 234. Gartsman GM, O'Connor D P. Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair with and without arthroscopic subacromial decompression: a prospective, randomized study of one-year outcomes. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2004;13-4:424-6. 235. Budoff JE, Rodin D, Ochiai D, Nirschl RP. Arthroscopic rotator cuff debridement without decompression for the treatment of tendinosis. Arthroscopy 2005;21-9:1081-9. 236. Castagna A, Delle Rose G, Conti M, Snyder SJ, Borroni M, Garofalo R.Predictive factors of subtle residual shoulder symptoms after transtendinous arthroscopic cuff repair: a clinical study. Am J Sports Med 2009;37-1:103-8. 237. Deutsch A. Arthroscopic repair of partial-thickness tears of the rotator cuff. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2007;16-2:193-201. 238. Kamath G, Galatz LM, Keener JD, Teefey S, Middleton W, Yamaguchi K.Tendon integrity and functional outcome after arthroscopic repair of high-grade partial-thickness supraspinatus tears. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2009;91-5:1055-62. 239. Spencer EE, Jr. Partial-thickness articular surface rotator cuff tears: an all-inside repair technique. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2010;468-6:1514-20.
247
240. Tauber M, Koller H, Resch H. Transosseous arthroscopic repair of partial articular-surface supraspinatus tendon tears. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc 2008;16-6:608-13. 241. Strauss EJ, Salata MJ, Kercher J, Barker JU, McGill K, Bach BR, Jr., Romeo AA, Verma NN. Multimedia article. The arthroscopic management of partial-thickness rotator cuff tears: a systematic review of the literature. Arthroscopy 2011;27-4:568-80. 242. Cofield RH, Parvizi J, Hoffmeyer PJ, Lanzer WL, Ilstrup DM, Rowland CM.Surgical repair of chronic rotator cuff tears. A prospective long-term study. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2001;83-A-1:71-7. 243. Hawkins RJ, Misamore GW, Hobeika PE. Surgery for full-thickness rotator-cuff tears. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1985;67-9:1349-55. 244. Baker CL, Liu SH. Comparison of open and arthroscopically assisted rotator cuff repairs. Am J Sports Med 1995;23-1:99-104. 245. Levy HJ, Uribe JW, Delaney LG. Arthroscopic assisted rotator cuff repair: preliminary results. Arthroscopy 1990;6-1:55-60. 246. Mohtadi NG, Hollinshead RM, Sasyniuk TM, Fletcher JA, Chan DS, Li FX.A randomized clinical trial comparing open to arthroscopic acromioplasty with mini-open rotator cuff repair for full-thickness rotator cuff tears: disease-specific quality of life outcome at an average 2-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med 2008;36-6:1043-51. 247. Burkhart SS, Danaceau SM, Pearce CE, Jr. Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: Analysis of results by tear size and by repair technique-margin convergence versus direct tendon-to-bone repair. Arthroscopy 2001;17-9:905-12. 248. Morse K, Davis AD, Afra R, Kaye EK, Schepsis A, Voloshin I. Arthroscopic versus mini-open rotator cuff repair: a comprehensive review and meta-analysis. Am J Sports Med 2008;36-9:1824-8. 249. Ide J, Maeda S, Takagi K. A comparison of arthroscopic and open rotator cuff repair. Arthroscopy 2005;21-9:1090-8. 250. Lam F, Mok D. Open repair of massive rotator cuff tears in patients aged sixty-five years or over: is it worthwhile? J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2004;13-5:517-21. 251. Worland RL, Arredondo J, Angles F, Lopez-Jimenez F. Repair of massive rotator cuff tears in patients older than 70 years. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1999;8-1:26-30. 252. Mather RC, 3rd, Koenig L, Acevedo D, Dall TM, Gallo P, Romeo A, Tongue J, Williams G, Jr. The societal and economic value of rotator cuff repair. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2013;95-22:1993-2000. 253. Boileau P, Brassart N, Watkinson DJ, Carles M, Hatzidakis AM, Krishnan SG. Arthroscopic repair of full-thickness tears of the supraspinatus: does the tendon really heal? J Bone Joint Surg Am 2005;87-6:1229-40.
248
254. Liem D, Bartl C, Lichtenberg S, Magosch P, Habermeyer P. Clinical outcome and tendon integrity of arthroscopic versus mini-open supraspinatus tendon repair: a magnetic resonance imaging-controlled matched-pair analysis. Arthroscopy 2007;23-5:514-21. 255. Liem D, Lichtenberg S, Magosch P, Habermeyer P. Magnetic resonance imaging of arthroscopic supraspinatus tendon repair. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2007;89-8:1770-6. 256. Sugaya H, Maeda K, Matsuki K, Moriishi J. Functional and structural outcome after arthroscopic full-thickness rotator cuff repair: single-row versus dual-row fixation. Arthroscopy 2005;21-11:1307-16. 257. Sugaya H, Maeda K, Matsuki K, Moriishi J. Repair integrity and functional outcome after arthroscopic double-row rotator cuff repair. A prospective outcome study. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2007;89-5:953-60. 258. Duquin TR, Buyea C, Bisson LJ. Which method of rotator cuff repair leads to the highest rate of structural healing? A systematic review. Am J Sports Med 2010;38-4:835-41. 259. Isaac C, Gharaibeh B, Witt M, Wright VJ, Huard J. Biologic approaches to enhance rotator cuff healing after injury. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2012;21-2:181-90. 260. Bond JL, Dopirak RM, Higgins J, Burns J, Snyder SJ. Arthroscopic replacement of massive, irreparable rotator cuff tears using a GraftJacket allograft: technique and preliminary results. Arthroscopy 2008;24-4:403-9 e1. 261. Pedowitz RA, Yamaguchi K, Ahmad CS, Burks RT, Flatow EL, Green A, Iannotti JP, Miller BS, Tashjian RZ, Watters WC, 3rd, Weber K, Turkelson CM, Wies JL, Anderson S, St Andre J, Boyer K, Raymond L, Sluka P, McGowan R, American Academy of Orthopaedic S. Optimizing the management of rotator cuff problems. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 2011;19-6:368-79. 262. De Wilde L, Plasschaert F, Berghs B, Van Hoecke M, Verstraete K, Verdonk R. Quantified measurement of subacromial impingement. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2003;12-4:346-9. 263. Akgun K, Birtane M, Akarirmak U. Is local subacromial corticosteroid injection beneficial in subacromial impingement syndrome? Clin Rheumatol 2004;23-6:496-500. 264. Hammond G. Complete acromionectomy in the treatment of chronic tendinitis of the shoulder. A follow-up of ninety operations on eighty-seven patients. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1971;53-1:173-80. 265. Alvarez CM, Litchfield R, Jackowski D, Griffin S, Kirkley A. A prospective, double-blind, randomized clinical trial comparing subacromial injection of betamethasone and xylocaine to xylocaine alone in chronic rotator cuff tendinosis. Am J Sports Med 2005;33-2:255-62. 266. Koester MC, Dunn WR, Kuhn JE, Spindler KP. The efficacy of subacromial corticosteroid injection in the treatment of rotator cuff disease: A systematic review. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 2007;15-1:3-11.
249
267. Blair B, Rokito AS, Cuomo F, Jarolem K, Zuckerman JD. Efficacy of injections of corticosteroids for subacromial impingement syndrome. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1996;78-11:1685-9. 268. Neustadt DH. Local corticosteroid injection therapy in soft tissue rheumatic conditions of the hand and wrist. Arthritis Rheum 1991;34-7:923-6. 269. Cheng J, Abdi S. Complications of Joint, Tendon, and Muscle Injections. Tech Reg Anesth Pain Manag 2007;11-3:141-7. 270. Hiemstra LA, Macdonald PB, Froese W. Subacromial infection following corticosteroid injection. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2003;12-1:91-3. 271. Green S, Buchbinder R, Glazier R, Forbes A. Systematic review of randomised controlled trials of interventions for painful shoulder: selection criteria, outcome assessment, and efficacy. BMJ 1998;316-7128:354-60. 272. Petri M, Dobrow R, Neiman R, Whiting-O'Keefe Q, Seaman WE.Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of the treatment of the painful shoulder. Arthritis Rheum 1987;30-9:1040-5. 273. Zheng XQ, Li K, Wei YD, Tie HT, Yi XY, Huang W. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs versus corticosteroid for treatment of shoulder pain: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Arch Phys Med Rehabil 2014;95-10:1824-31. 274. Jeunet F, Enz W, Guentert T. Tenoxicam used as a parenteral formulation for acute pain in rheumatic conditions. Scand J Rheumatol Suppl 1989;80:59-61. 275. Jones RD, Miles W, Prankerd R, Lang C, Chilvers M, Lo SK. Tenoxicam i.v. in major gynaecological surgery--pharmacokinetic, pain relief and haematological effects. Anaesth Intensive Care 2000;28-5:491-500. 276. Vischer TL. Efficacy and tolerability of tenoxicam--an overview. Eur J Rheumatol Inflamm 1987;9-2:51-7. 277. Heintz RC, Guentert TW, Enrico JF, Dubach UC, Brandt R, Jeunet FS.Pharmacokinetics of tenoxicam in healthy human volunteers. Eur J Rheumatol Inflamm 1984;7-2:33-44. 278. Colbert ST, Curran E, O'Hanlon DM, Moran R, McCarroll M. Intra-articular tenoxicam improves postoperative analgesia in knee arthroscopy. Can J Anaesth 1999;46-7:653-7. 279. Cook TM, Tuckey JP, Nolan JP. Analgesia after day-case knee arthroscopy: double-blind study of intra-articular tenoxicam, intra-articular bupivacaine and placebo. Br J Anaesth 1997;78-2:163-8. 280. Barnes PJ. Anti-inflammatory actions of glucocorticoids: molecular mechanisms. Clin Sci (Lond) 1998;94-6:557-72. 281. Rhen T, Cidlowski JA. Antiinflammatory action of glucocorticoids--new mechanisms for old drugs. N Engl J Med 2005;353-16:1711-23. 282. Krasner AS. Glucocorticoid-induced adrenal insufficiency. JAMA 1999;282-7:671-6.
250
283. Lew KH, Ludwig EA, Milad MA, Donovan K, Middleton E, Jr., Ferry JJ, Jusko WJ. Gender-based effects on methylprednisolone pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. Clin Pharmacol Ther 1993;54-4:402-14. 284. Todd PA, Clissold SP. Tenoxicam. An update of its pharmacology and therapeutic efficacy in rheumatic diseases. Drugs 1991;41-4:625-46. 285. Vane JR, Botting RM. Mechanism of action of anti-inflammatory drugs. Scand J Rheumatol Suppl 1996;102:9-21. 286. Vane JR, Botting RM. Mechanism of action of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. Am J Med 1998;104-3A:2S-8S; discussion 21S-2S. 287. Whittle BJ, Higgs GA, Eakins KE, Moncada S, Vane JR. Selective inhibition of prostaglandin production in inflammatory exudates and gastric mucosa. Nature 1980;284-5753:271-3. 288. Scaglione F, Demartini G, Dugnani S, Fraschini F, Triscari FA.Pharmacokinetics of tenoxicam at different dosage regimes. Farmaco 1993;48-9:1321-5. 289. Constant CR, Murley AH. A clinical method of functional assessment of the shoulder. Clin Orthop 1987-214:160-4. 290. Constant CR, Gerber C, Emery RJ, Sojbjerg JO, Gohlke F, Boileau P. A review of the Constant score: modifications and guidelines for its use. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2008;17-2:355-61. 291. Hudak PL, Amadio PC, Bombardier C. Development of an upper extremity outcome measure: the DASH (disabilities of the arm, shoulder and hand) [corrected]. The Upper Extremity Collaborative Group (UECG). Am J Ind Med 1996;29-6:602-8. 292. Dawson J, Fitzpatrick R, Carr A. Questionnaire on the perceptions of patients about shoulder surgery. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1996;78-4:593-600. 293. Beaton DE, Katz JN, Fossel AH, Wright JG, Tarasuk V, Bombardier C.Measuring the whole or the parts? Validity, reliability, and responsiveness of the Disabilities of the Arm, Shoulder and Hand outcome measure in different regions of the upper extremity. J Hand Ther 2001;14-2:128-46. 294. Gummesson C, Atroshi I, Ekdahl C. The disabilities of the arm, shoulder and hand (DASH) outcome questionnaire: longitudinal construct validity and measuring self-rated health change after surgery. BMC Musculoskelet Disord 2003;4:11. 295. Haahr JP, Ostergaard S, Dalsgaard J, Norup K, Frost P, Lausen S, Holm EA, Andersen JH. Exercises versus arthroscopic decompression in patients with subacromial impingement: a randomised, controlled study in 90 cases with a one year follow up. Ann Rheum Dis 2005;64-5:760-4. 296. Henseler JF, Kolk A, van der Zwaal P, Nagels J, Vliet Vlieland TP, Nelissen RG. The minimal detectable change of the Constant score in impingement, full-thickness tears, and massive rotator cuff tears. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2015;24-3:376-81.
251
297. Kukkonen J, Kauko T, Vahlberg T, Joukainen A, Aarimaa V. Investigating minimal clinically important difference for Constant score in patients undergoing rotator cuff surgery. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2013;22-12:1650-5. 298. MacDonald PB, Clark P, Sutherland K. An analysis of the diagnostic accuracy of the Hawkins and Neer subacromial impingement signs. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2000;9-4:299-301. 299. Altman DG, Schulz KF, Moher D, Egger M, Davidoff F, Elbourne D, Gotzsche PC, Lang T. The revised CONSORT statement for reporting randomized trials: explanation and elaboration. Ann Intern Med 2001;134-8:663-94. 300. Moher D, Schulz KF, Altman DG. The CONSORT statement: revised recommendations for improving the quality of reports of parallel-group randomised trials. Lancet 2001;357-9263:1191-4. 301. Nilsen OG. Clinical pharmacokinetics of tenoxicam. Clin Pharmacokinet 1994;26-1:16-43. 302. Yoon SH, Lee HY, Lee HJ, Kwack KS. Optimal dose of intra-articular corticosteroids for adhesive capsulitis: a randomized, triple-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Sports Med 2013;41-5:1133-9. 303. Michener LA, McClure PW, Karduna AR. Anatomical and biomechanical mechanisms of subacromial impingement syndrome. Clin Biomech (Bristol, Avon) 2003;18-5:369-79. 304. Bjorkenheim JM, Paavolainen P, Ahovuo J, Slatis P. Surgical repair of the rotator cuff and surrounding tissues. Factors influencing the results. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1988-236:148-53. 305. Watson M. Major ruptures of the rotator cuff. The results of surgical repair in 89 patients. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1985;67-4:618-24. 306. Dogan N, Erdem AF, Gundogdu C, Kursad H, Kizilkaya M. The effects of ketorolac and morphine on articular cartilage and synovium in the rabbit knee joint. Can J Physiol Pharmacol 2004;82-7:502-5. 307. Ozyuvaci H, Bilgic B, Ozyuvaci E, Altan A, Altug T, Karaca C. Intra-articular injection of tenoxicam in rats: assessment of the local effects on the articular cartilage and synovium. J Int Med Res 2004;32-3:312-6. 308. Dingle JT. The effects of NSAID on the matrix of human articular cartilages. Z Rheumatol 1999;58-3:125-9. 309. Radi ZA, Khan NK. Effects of cyclooxygenase inhibition on bone, tendon, and ligament healing. Inflamm Res 2005;54-9:358-66. 310. Riley GP, Cox M, Harrall RL, Clements S, Hazleman BL. Inhibition of tendon cell proliferation and matrix glycosaminoglycan synthesis by non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs in vitro. J Hand Surg Br 2001;26-3:224-8. 311. Cummins CA, Sasso LM, Nicholson D. Impingement syndrome: temporal outcomes of nonoperative treatment. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2009;18-2:172-7. 312. Gartsman GM. Arthroscopic treatment of rotator cuff disease. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1995;4-3:228-41.
252
313. Wu T, Song HX, Dong Y, Li JH. Ultrasound-guided versus blind subacromial-subdeltoid bursa injection in adults with shoulder pain: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2015;45-3:374-8. 314. Yamakado K. The targeting accuracy of subacromial injection to the shoulder: an arthrographic evaluation. Arthroscopy 2002;18-8:887-91. 315. Cole BF, Peters KS, Hackett L, Murrell GA. Ultrasound-Guided Versus Blind Subacromial Corticosteroid Injections for Subacromial Impingement Syndrome: A Randomized, Double-Blind Clinical Trial. Am J Sports Med 2015. 316. Rutten MJ, Maresch BJ, Jager GJ, de Waal Malefijt MC. Injection of the subacromial-subdeltoid bursa: blind or ultrasound-guided? Acta Orthop 2007;78-2:254-7. 317. Moosmayer S, Lund G, Seljom US, Haldorsen B, Svege IC, Hennig T, Pripp AH, Smith HJ. Tendon repair compared with physiotherapy in the treatment of rotator cuff tears: a randomized controlled study in 103 cases with a five-year follow-up. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2014;96-18:1504-14. 318. Heffner HE, Heffner RS. Hearing ranges of laboratory animals. J Am Assoc Lab Anim Sci 2007;46-1:20-2. 319. Takeda S, Morioka I, Miyashita K, Okumura A, Yoshida Y, Matsumoto K.Age variation in the upper limit of hearing. Eur J Appl Physiol Occup Physiol 1992;65-5:403-8. 320. Backhaus M, Burmester GR, Gerber T, Grassi W, Machold KP, Swen WA, Wakefield RJ, Manger B, Working Group for Musculoskeletal Ultrasound in the ESCoICSiTT. Guidelines for musculoskeletal ultrasound in rheumatology. Ann Rheum Dis 2001;60-7:641-9. 321. Grassi W, Lamanna G, Farina A, Cervini C. Sonographic imaging of normal and osteoarthritic cartilage. Semin Arthritis Rheum 1999;28-6:398-403. 322. Grassi W, Tittarelli E, Pirani O, Avaltroni D, Cervini C. Ultrasound examination of metacarpophalangeal joints in rheumatoid arthritis. Scand J Rheumatol 1993;22-5:243-7. 323. Ihnatsenka B, Boezaart AP. Ultrasound: Basic understanding and learning the language. Int J Shoulder Surg 2010;4-3:55-62. 324. Middleton WD, Reinus WR, Totty WG, Melson CL, Murphy WA.Ultrasonographic evaluation of the rotator cuff and biceps tendon. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1986;68-3:440-50. 325. Wiener SN, Seitz WH, Jr. Sonography of the shoulder in patients with tears of the rotator cuff: accuracy and value for selecting surgical options. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1993;160-1:103-7; discussion 9-10. 326. Teefey SA, Hasan SA, Middleton WD, Patel M, Wright RW, Yamaguchi K.Ultrasonography of the rotator cuff. A comparison of ultrasonographic and arthroscopic findings in one hundred consecutive cases. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2000;82-4:498-504.
253
327. Huang LF, Rubin DA, Britton CA. Greater tuberosity changes as revealed by radiography: lack of clinical usefulness in patients with rotator cuff disease. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1999;172-5:1381-8. 328. Wohlwend JR, van Holsbeeck M, Craig J, Shirazi K, Habra G, Jacobsen G, Bouffard JA. The association between irregular greater tuberosities and rotator cuff tears: a sonographic study. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1998;171-1:229-33. 329. Arslan G, Apaydin A, Kabaalioglu A, Sindel T, Luleci E. Sonographically detected subacromial/subdeltoid bursal effusion and biceps tendon sheath fluid: reliable signs of rotator cuff tear? J Clin Ultrasound 1999;27-6:335-9. 330. Hollister MS, Mack LA, Patten RM, Winter TC, 3rd, Matsen FA, 3rd, Veith RR. Association of sonographically detected subacromial/subdeltoid bursal effusion and intraarticular fluid with rotator cuff tear. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1995;165-3:605-8. 331. Ziegler DW. The use of in-office, orthopaedist-performed ultrasound of the shoulder to evaluate and manage rotator cuff disorders. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2004;13-3:291-7. 332. Turrin A, Cappello A. Sonographic anatomy of the supraspinatus tendon and adjacent structures. Skeletal Radiol 1997;26-2:89-93. 333. Gao X, Starmer J, Martin ER. A multiple testing correction method for genetic association studies using correlated single nucleotide polymorphisms. Genet Epidemiol 2008;32-4:361-9. 334. Nyholt DR. A simple correction for multiple testing for single-nucleotide polymorphisms in linkage disequilibrium with each other. Am J Hum Genet 2004;74-4:765-9. 335. Bland JM, Altman DG. Multiple significance tests: the Bonferroni method. BMJ 1995;310-6973:170. 336. Ioannidis JP. Why most published research findings are false. PLoS Med 2005;2-8:e124. 337. Rothman KJ. No adjustments are needed for multiple comparisons. Epidemiology 1990;1-1:43-6. 338. Bender R, Lange S. Adjusting for multiple testing--when and how? J Clin Epidemiol 2001;54-4:343-9. 339. Bland JM, Altman DG. Statistical methods for assessing agreement between two methods of clinical measurement. Lancet 1986;1-8476:307-10. 340. Cohen J. Statistical Power Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences. 2nd edition ed. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum, 1988. 341. Bland JM, Altman DG. Applying the right statistics: analyses of measurement studies. Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol 2003;22-1:85-93. 342. Volk AG, Vangsness CT, Jr. An anatomic study of the supraspinatus muscle and tendon. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2001-384:280-5.
254
343. Kim SY, Boynton EL, Ravichandiran K, Fung LY, Bleakney R, Agur AM.Three-dimensional study of the musculotendinous architecture of supraspinatus and its functional correlations. Clin Anat 2007;20-6:648-55. 344. Vahlensieck M, an Haack K, Schmidt HM. Two portions of the supraspinatus muscle: a new finding about the muscles macroscopy by dissection and magnetic resonance imaging. Surg Radiol Anat 1994;16-1:101-4. 345. Itoi E, Hsu HC, Carmichael SW, Morrey BF, An KN. Morphology of the torn rotator cuff. J Anat 1995;186 ( Pt 2):429-34. 346. Juul-Kristensen B, Bojsen-Moller F, Finsen L, Eriksson J, Johansson G, Stahlberg F, Ekdahl C. Muscle sizes and moment arms of rotator cuff muscles determined by magnetic resonance imaging. Cells Tissues Organs 2000;167-2-3:214-22. 347. Akturk M, Karaahmetoglu S, Kacar M, Muftuoglu O. Thickness of the supraspinatus and biceps tendons in diabetic patients. Diabetes Care 2002;25-2:408. 348. Jadoul M, Malghem J, Vande Berg B, van Ypersele de Strihou C.Ultrasonographic detection of thickened joint capsules and tendons as marker of dialysis-related amyloidosis: a cross-sectional and longitudinal study. Nephrol Dial Transplant 1993;8-10:1104-9. 349. Bretzke CA, Crass JR, Craig EV, Feinberg SB. Ultrasonography of the rotator cuff. Normal and pathologic anatomy. Invest Radiol 1985;20-3:311-5. 350. Wallny T, Wagner UA, Prange S, Schmitt O, Reich H. Evaluation of chronic tears of the rotator cuff by ultrasound. A new index. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1999;81-4:675-8. 351. Wang HK, Lin JJ, Pan SL, Wang TG. Sonographic evaluations in elite college baseball athletes. Scand J Med Sci Sports 2005;15-1:29-35. 352. Juul-Kristensen B, Bojsen-Moller F, Holst E, Ekdahl C. Comparison of muscle sizes and moment arms of two rotator cuff muscles measured by ultrasonography and magnetic resonance imaging. Eur J Ultrasound 2000;11-3:161-73. 353. Katayose M, Magee DJ. The cross-sectional area of supraspinatus as measured by diagnostic ultrasound. J Bone Joint Surg Br 2001;83-4:565-8. 354. Ellman H. Diagnosis and treatment of incomplete rotator cuff tears. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1990-254:64-74. 355. Taggart A, Filippucci E, Wright G, Bell A, Cairns A, Meenagh G, Pendleton A, Rooney M, Wright S, Grey A, Grassi W. Musculoskeletal ultrasound training in rheumatology: the Belfast experience. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2006;45-1:102-5. 356. Lindblom K. On Pathogenesis of Ruptures of the Tendon Aponeurosis of the Shoulder Joint. Acta Radiologica [Old Series] 1939;20-6:563-77.
255
357. Brooks CH, Revell WJ, Heatley FW. A quantitative histological study of the vascularity of the rotator cuff tendon. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1992;74-1:151-3. 358. Adler RS, Fealy S, Rudzki JR, Kadrmas W, Verma NN, Pearle A, Lyman S, Warren RF. Rotator cuff in asymptomatic volunteers: contrast-enhanced US depiction of intratendinous and peritendinous vascularity. Radiology 2008;248-3:954-61. 359. Oliva F, Zocchi L, Codispoti A, Candi E, Celi M, Melino G, Maffulli N, Tarantino U. Transglutaminases expression in human supraspinatus tendon ruptures and in mouse tendons. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 2009;379-4:887-91. 360. Papakonstantinou MK, Pan WR, le Roux CM, Richardson MD. Arterial supply of the tendinous rotator cuff insertions: an anatomical study. ANZ J Surg 2012;82-12:928-34. 361. Fredriksson I, Fors C, Johansson J. Laser Doppler Flowmetry - a Theoretical Framework. Department of Biomedical Engineering. Linköping University, 2007. 362. Hoyer C, Sandermann J, Paludan JP, Pavar S, Petersen LJ. Diagnostic accuracy of laser Doppler flowmetry versus strain gauge plethysmography for segmental pressure measurement. J Vasc Surg 2013;58-6:1563-70. 363. Petersen LJ, Zacho HD, Lyngholm AM, Arendt-Nielsen L. Tissue viability imaging for assessment of pharmacologically induced vasodilation and vasoconstriction in human skin. Microvasc Res 2010;80-3:499-504. 364. Sonmez TT, Al-Sawaf O, Brandacher G, Kanzler I, Tuchscheerer N, Tohidnezhad M, Kanatas A, Knobe M, Fragoulis A, Tolba R, Mitchell D, Pufe T, Wruck CJ, Holzle F, Liehn EA. A novel laser-Doppler flowmetry assisted murine model of acute hindlimb ischemia-reperfusion for free flap research. PLoS One 2013;8-6:e66498. 365. Sorensen H, Secher NH, Siebenmann C, Nielsen HB, Kohl-Bareis M, Lundby C, Rasmussen P. Cutaneous vasoconstriction affects near-infrared spectroscopy determined cerebral oxygen saturation during administration of norepinephrine. Anesthesiology 2012;117-2:263-70. 366. Jacobs P, Kowatsch R. Sterrad Sterilization System: a new technology for instrument sterilization. Endosc Surg Allied Technol 1993;1-1:57-8. 367. Kyi MS, Holton J, Ridgway GL. Assessment of the efficacy of a low temperature hydrogen peroxide gas plasma sterilization system. J Hosp Infect 1995;31-4:275-84. 368. Dean BJ, Franklin SL, Murphy RJ, Javaid MK, Carr AJ. Glucocorticoids induce specific ion-channel-mediated toxicity in human rotator cuff tendon: a mechanism underpinning the ultimately deleterious effect of steroid injection in tendinopathy? Br J Sports Med 2014;48-22:1620-6. 369. Dean BJ, Lostis E, Oakley T, Rombach I, Morrey ME, Carr AJ. The risks and benefits of glucocorticoid treatment for tendinopathy: a systematic
256
review of the effects of local glucocorticoid on tendon. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2014;43-4:570-6. 370. Min KS, St Pierre P, Ryan PM, Marchant BG, Wilson CJ, Arrington ED. A double-blind randomized controlled trial comparing the effects of subacromial injection with corticosteroid versus NSAID in patients with shoulder impingement syndrome. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2013;22-5:595-601. 371. Kesikburun S, Tan AK, Yilmaz B, Yasar E, Yazicioglu K. Platelet-rich plasma injections in the treatment of chronic rotator cuff tendinopathy: a randomized controlled trial with 1-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med 2013;41-11:2609-16. 372. Scarpone M, Rabago D, Snell E, Demeo P, Ruppert K, Pritchard P, Arbogast G, Wilson JJ, Balzano JF. Effectiveness of Platelet-rich Plasma Injection for Rotator Cuff Tendinopathy: A Prospective Open-label Study. Glob Adv Health Med 2013;2-2:26-31. 373. Beard D, Rees J, Rombach I, Cooper C, Cook J, Merritt N, Gray A, Gwilym S, Judge A, Savulescu J, Moser J, Donovan J, Jepson M, Wilson C, Tracey I, Wartolowska K, Dean B, Carr A, Group CS. The CSAW Study (Can Shoulder Arthroscopy Work?) - a placebo-controlled surgical intervention trial assessing the clinical and cost effectiveness of arthroscopic subacromial decompression for shoulder pain: study protocol for a randomised controlled trial. Trials 2015;16:210. 374. Carr AJ, Cooper CD, Campbell MK, Rees JL, Moser J, Beard DJ, Fitzpatrick R, Gray A, Dawson J, Murphy J, Bruhn H, Cooper D, Ramsay CR. Clinical effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of open and arthroscopic rotator cuff repair [the UK Rotator Cuff Surgery (UKUFF) randomised trial]. Health Technol Assess 2015;19-80:1-218.